US20210290561A1 - Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents - Google Patents

Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210290561A1
US20210290561A1 US17/337,149 US202117337149A US2021290561A1 US 20210290561 A1 US20210290561 A1 US 20210290561A1 US 202117337149 A US202117337149 A US 202117337149A US 2021290561 A1 US2021290561 A1 US 2021290561A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
alkyl
alkynyl
alkenyl
compounds
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/337,149
Inventor
Clifford J. Woolf
Bruce P. Bean
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Harvard College
General Hospital Corp
Childrens Medical Center Corp
Original Assignee
Harvard College
General Hospital Corp
Childrens Medical Center Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Harvard College, General Hospital Corp, Childrens Medical Center Corp filed Critical Harvard College
Priority to US17/337,149 priority Critical patent/US20210290561A1/en
Publication of US20210290561A1 publication Critical patent/US20210290561A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/167—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/275—Nitriles; Isonitriles
    • A61K31/277—Nitriles; Isonitriles having a ring, e.g. verapamil
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/10—Expectorants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/14—Antitussive agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/10—Anti-acne agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/14—Decongestants or antiallergics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/02—Antidotes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/14—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
    • C07D295/192—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aromatic carboxylic acids

Definitions

  • the invention provides compounds, methods and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation.
  • the invention features methods and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation by targeting nociceptors with drugs of low molecular weight, while minimizing effects on non-pain-sensing neurons or other types of cells.
  • small, hydrophilic drug molecules gain access to the intracellular compartment of pain-sensing neurons via entry through receptor/channels that are present in pain-sensing neurons but to a lesser extent or not at all in other types of neurons or in other types of tissue.
  • Neurogenic inflammation is a mode of inflammation mediated by the efferent (motor) functions of sensory neurons, in which pro-inflammatory mediator molecules released in the periphery by pain-sensing neurons (nociceptors) both activate a variety of inflammatory pathways and also act on the vascular system to alter blood flow and capillary permeability.
  • Neurogenic inflammation contributes to the peripheral inflammation elicited by tissue injury, autoimmune disease, infection, exposure to irritants in a variety of tissues, and is thought to play an important role in the pathogenesis of numerous disorders (e.g. migraine, arthritis, rhinitis, gastritis, colitis, cystitis, and sunburn).
  • numerous disorders e.g. migraine, arthritis, rhinitis, gastritis, colitis, cystitis, and sunburn.
  • One way to reduce neurogenic inflammation is to block excitability in nociceptors, thereby preventing the activation of nociceptor peripheral terminals and the release of pro-inflammatory chemicals.
  • Local anesthetics such as lidocaine and articaine act by inhibiting voltage gated ion channels in neurons.
  • Local anesthetics are relatively hydrophobic molecules that gain access to their blocking site on the sodium channel by diffusing into or through the cell membrane. However, these anesthetics block sodium or calcium channels and thereby the excitability of all neurons, not just pain-sensing neurons.
  • local anesthetics produce unwanted or deleterious effects such as general numbness from block of low threshold pressure and touch receptors, motor deficits from block of motor axons and other complications from block of autonomic fibers.
  • Local anesthetics also act on sodium channels on smooth muscle in the cardiovascular and respiratory systems producing deleterious effects.
  • the invention features a method for treating neurogenic inflammation in a patient, such as a human, by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that is capable of entering a nociceptor through a channel-forming receptor present in the nociceptor when the receptor is activated and inhibiting a voltage-gated ion channel present in the nociceptor, wherein the compound does not substantially inhibit said channel when applied to the extracellular face of the channel and when the receptor is not activated.
  • the compound is an inhibitor of voltage-gated sodium channels.
  • Exemplary inhibitors of this class are QX-314, N-methyl-procaine, QX-222, N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine and pancuronium.
  • the compound is a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of a compound selected from riluzole, mexilitine, phenytoin, carbamazepine, procaine, articaine, bupivicaine, mepivicaine, tocainide, prilocaine, diisopyramide, bencyclane, quinidine, bretylium, lifarizine, lamotrigine, flunarizine, and fluspirilene.
  • the compound is an inhibitor of calcium channels.
  • Inhibitors of this class include D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, dodecyltrimethylammonium, and terpene compounds (e.g., sesquiterpenes), as well as charged derivatives (e.g., a quarternary amine derivative or a guanylated derivative) of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, or farnesyl amine.
  • Still other exemplary inhibitors of calcium channels can be described by Formulas XI-XIV) and in Tables 1, 2, and 3.
  • the ion channel inhibitor is a charged derivative (e.g., a quarternary amine derivative or a guanylated derivative) of any of compounds (1)-(563). Exemplary derivatives are described herein.
  • the channel-forming receptor can be activated prior to administering the compound by administration of a second compound that opens the channel.
  • the channel-forming receptor can be activated by endogenous compounds present in the patient.
  • the invention also features a kit that includes a composition for treating neurogenic inflammation in a patient and instructions for the administration of the composition to a patient to treat neurogenic inflammation.
  • the composition includes a compound that is capable of entering a nociceptor through a channel-forming receptor present in the nociceptor when the receptor is activated and inhibiting a voltage-gated ion channel present in the nociceptor, wherein the compound does not substantially inhibit said channel when applied to the extracellular face of the channel and when the receptor is not activated.
  • the compound is an inhibitor of voltage-gated sodium channels or calcium channels, such as those described herein.
  • the compound is QX-314, N-methyl-procaine, QX-222, N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine, pancuronium, or another low molecular weight, charged molecule that inhibits voltage-gated sodium channels when present inside of said nociceptor.
  • the compound is D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil.
  • N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, and dodecyltrimethylammonium a quarternary amine derivative, of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, or farnesyl amino; a compound according to any of Formulas (XI), (XII), (XIII-A), (XIII-B), (XIII-C), and (XIV); or a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of any of compounds (1)-(563).
  • compositions, methods, and kits of the invention may optionally feature a second compound that activates the channel-forming receptor.
  • the second compound activates a channel-forming receptor selected from TRPV1, P2X(2/3), TRPA1, and TRPM8.
  • Activators of TRPV1 receptors include but are not limited to capsaicin, eugenol, camphor, clotrimazole, arvanil (N-arachidonoylvanillamine), anandamide, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate (2APB), AM404, resiniferatoxin, phorbol 12-phenylacetate 13-acetate 20-homovanillate (PPAHV), olvanil (NE 19550), OLDA (N-oleoyldopamine), N-arachidonyldopamine (NADA), 6′-iodoresiniferatoxin (6′-IRTX), C18 N-acylethanolamines, lipoxygenase derivatives such as 12-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid, inhibitor cysteine knot (ICK) peptides (vanillotoxins), piperine, MSK195 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyl
  • TRPV1 activators include black pepper compounds (e.g., Okumura et al., Biosci Biotechnol Biochem. 74(5):1068-72 (2010) and Riera et al., Br J Pharmacol. 57(8):1398-409 (2009)), terpenoids (Iwasaki et al., Life Sci. 85(1-2)60-69 (2009)), nickel (Luebbert et al., Pflugers Arch.
  • Still other activators of TRPV1 receptors include capsaicinoids and capsaicinoid analogs as described herein (e.g., vanilloids (e.g., N-vanillyl-alkanedienamides, N-vanillyl-alkanedienyls, and N-vanillyl-cis-monounsaturated alkenamides), capsiate, dihydrocapsiate, nordihydrocapsiate and other capsinoids, capsiconiate, dihydrocapsiconiate and other coniferyl esters, capsiconinoid, resiniferatoxin, tinyatoxin, civamide, N-phenylmethylalkenamide capsaicin derivatives, olvanil, N-[(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-9Z-octa-decanamide, N-oleyl-homovanillamide, triprenyl phenols (e.g., s
  • Activators of TRPA1 receptors include but are not limited to cinnamaldehyde, allyl-isothiocynanate, diallyl disulfide, icilin, cinnamon oil, wintergreen oil, clove oil, acrolein, hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 4-hydroxynonenal, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, mustard oil, 3′-carbamoylbiphenyl-3-yl cyclohexylcarbamate (URB597), amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine
  • TRPA1 activators include: fenamate NSAIDS (Hu et al., Pflugers Arch. 459(4):579-92 (2010)), congeners of AP18 (Defalco et al, Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 20(1):276-9 (2010)), tear gasses CN, CR, and CS (Brône et al., Toxicol Appl Pharmacol.
  • Activators of P2X receptors include but are not limited to ATP, 2-methylthio-ATP, 2′ and 3′-O-(4-benzoylbenzoyl)-ATP, and ATP5′-O-(3-thiotriphosphate).
  • Activators of TRPM8 receptors include but are not limited to menthol, icilin, eucalyptol, linalool, geraniol, and hydroxycitronellal.
  • the invention features compounds according to Formula (XI),
  • each R 11A , R 11B , and R 11C is selected, independently, from H or C 1-4 alkyl, and where 0, 1, 2, or 3 of the dashed bonds represents a carbon-carbon double bond (i.e., compounds of Formula (XI) can include 0, 1, 2, or 3 double bonds), provided that when 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds are present, the double bonds are not adjacent to one another.
  • compounds of Formula (XI) can be represented by the following formula (XI-A),
  • each R 11A , R 11B , R 11C , and X is according to Formula (XI), and where each dashed bond represents an optional carbon-carbon double bond, or by formula (XI-B),
  • each R 11A , R 11B , R 11C , and X is according to Formula (XI).
  • the compound of Formula (XI) is
  • the invention features compounds according to Formula (XII),
  • each of R 12A , R 12B , R 12C , and R 12D is, independently, selected from C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl; or R 12A and R 12B together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom; n is an integer between 1-5; each of R 12E and R 12F is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, or C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and X is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
  • the compound has the following structure
  • the invention features a compound having a structure according to one of the following formulas:
  • each R 13A -R 13J and R 13O -R 13T is selected, independently, from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR 13AA , NR 13AB R 13AC , NR 13AD C(O)R 13AE , S(O)R 13AF , SO 2 R 13AG R 13AH , SO 2 NR 13AJ R 13AJ , SO 3 R 13AK , CO 2 R 13AL , C(O)R 13AM , and C(O)NR 13AN R 14AO ; each of R 13AA -R 13AO is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, and C 2-4 heteroalkyl; each R 13K , R 13L , R 13M , and
  • the invention features compounds according to the following formula,
  • R 14A is heterocyclyl
  • each of R 14B , R 14C , R 14D , and R 14E is, independently, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl
  • R 14F is selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR 14G , NR 14H R 14I , NR 14J C(O)R 14K , S(O)R 14L , SO 2 R 14M R 14N , SO 2 NR 14O R 14P , SO 3 R 14Q , CO 2 R 14R ,
  • the invention also features pharmaceutical compositions that include a compound according to any of Formulas (XI)-(XIV), or any of compounds (1)-(563), and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral, nasal, or inhalation administration.
  • the compounds, compositions, methods, and kits of the invention may be used to treat any disorder that is caused, wholly or in part, by neurogenic inflammation.
  • disorders include asthma, rhinitis, conjunctivitis, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, pancreatitis, chronic cough, sinusisitis (e.g., chronic rhinosinusistis), traumatic brain injury, sepsis (e.g., polymicrobial sepsis), tendinopathies chronic urticaria, rheumatic disease, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants or chemical warfare agents, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, urethritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, sunburn, chemical warfare agents, inhaled tear gases, or inhaled pollutants.
  • kits of the invention also feature one or more acetaminophens, NSAIDs, glucocorticoids, narcotics, tricyclic antidepressants, amine transporter inhibitors, anticonvulsants, antiproliferative agents, or immune modulators.
  • compositions are administered by intraarticular, surgical, intravenous, intramuscular, oral, rectal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, topical, transdermal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, intraurethral, intravesicular, intrathecal, epidural, mucosal, aural, or ocular administration by injection, inhalation, or direct contact.
  • the composition is formulated for controlled or sustained release over time.
  • biologically active is meant that a molecule, including biological molecules, such as nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, and proteins, exerts a physical or chemical activity on itself or other molecule.
  • a “biologically active” molecule may possess, e.g., enzymatic activity, protein binding activity (e.g., antibody interactions), or cytotoxic activities (e.g., anti-cancer properties).
  • Biologically active agents that can be used in the methods and kits described herein include, without limitation, an antibody or antibody fragment, an antibiotic, a polynucleotide, a polypeptide, a protein, an anti-cancer agent, a growth factor, and a vaccine.
  • inflammation is meant any types of inflammation, such those caused by the immune system (immune-mediated inflammation) and by the nervous system (neurogenic inflammation), and any symptom of inflammation, including redness, heat, swelling, pain, and/or loss of function.
  • neuroogenic inflammation is meant any type of inflammation mediated by neurons (e.g. nociceptors) or any other component of the central or peripheral nervous system.
  • patient is meant any animal.
  • the patient is a human.
  • Other animals that can be treated using the methods and kits of the invention include, but are not limited to, non-human primates (e.g., monkeys, gorillas, chimpanzees), domesticated animals (e.g., horses, pigs, goats, rabbits, sheep, cattle, llamas), and companion animals (e.g., guinea pigs, rats, mice, lizards, snakes, dogs, cats, fish, hamsters, and birds).
  • non-human primates e.g., monkeys, gorillas, chimpanzees
  • domesticated animals e.g., horses, pigs, goats, rabbits, sheep, cattle, llamas
  • companion animals e.g., guinea pigs, rats, mice, lizards, snakes, dogs, cats, fish, hamsters, and birds.
  • Compounds useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, those described herein in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers such as diastereomers and enantiomers, salts, esters, amides, thioesters, solvates, and polymorphs thereof, as well as racemic mixtures and pure isomers of the compounds described herein.
  • low molecular weight is meant less than about 650 Daltons.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt represents those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
  • the salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or separately by reacting the free base function with a suitable organic acid.
  • Representative acid addition salts include, but arc not limited to, acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, isethionate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malon
  • alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like.
  • the number of atoms of a particular type in a substituent group is generally given as a range, e.g., an alkyl group containing from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or C 1-4 alkyl. Reference to such a range is intended to include specific references to groups having each of the integer number of atoms within the specified range.
  • an alkyl group from 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes each of C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , and C 4 .
  • a C 1-12 , heteroalkyl for example, includes from 1 to 12 carbon atoms in addition to one or more heteroatoms.
  • Other numbers of atoms and other types of atoms may be indicated in a similar manner.
  • alkyl and the prefix “alk-” are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, i.e., cycloalkyl.
  • Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably have from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, inclusive.
  • Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • C 1-4 alkyl is meant a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a C 1-4 alkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups.
  • C 1-4 alkyls include, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and cyclobutyl.
  • C 2-4 alkenyl is meant a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group containing one or more double bonds and having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a C 2-4 alkenyl may optionally include monocyclic or polycyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has from three to six members.
  • the C 2-4 alkenyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups.
  • C 2-4 alkenyls include, without limitation, vinyl, allyl, 2-cyclopropyl-1-ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, and 2-methyl-2-propenyl.
  • C 2-4 alkynyl is meant a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group containing one or more triple bonds and having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a C 2-4 alkynyl may optionally include monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has five or six members.
  • the C 2-4 alkynyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxy, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups.
  • C 2-4 alkynyls include, without limitation, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, and 3-butynyl.
  • C 2-6 heterocyclyl is meant a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7- to 14-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is saturated partially unsaturated or unsaturated (aromatic), and which consists of 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the heterocyclyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxy, fluoroalkyl, perfluoralkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups.
  • the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be covalently attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure, e.g., an imidazolinyl ring may be linked at either of the ring-carbon atom positions or at the nitrogen atom.
  • a nitrogen atom in the heterocycle may optionally be quaternized.
  • Heterocycles include, without limitation, 1H-indazole, 2-pyrrolidonyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-indolyl, 4-piperidonyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, b-carboliny
  • Preferred 5 to 10 membered heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, quinolinyl, and isoquinolinyl.
  • Preferred 5 to 6 membered heterocycles include, without limitation, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, and tetrazolyl.
  • C 6-12 aryl is meant an aromatic group having a ring system comprised of carbon atoms with conjugated t electrons (e.g., phenyl).
  • the aryl group has from 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Aryl groups may optionally include monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has five or six members.
  • the aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents include alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, fluoroalkyl, carboxyl, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, and quaternary amino groups.
  • C 7-14 alkaryl is meant an alkyl substituted by an aryl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, or 3,4-dichlorophenethyl) having from 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • aryl group e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, or 3,4-dichlorophenethyl
  • C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl is meant an alkyl substituted by a cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, or cyclooctyl) having from 3-10 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, or cyclooctyl
  • C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl is meant an alkyl substituted heterocyclic group having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms in addition to one or more heteroatoms (e.g., 3-furanylmethyl, 2-furanylmethyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranylmethyl, or 2-tetrahydrofuranylmethyl).
  • C 1-7 heteroalkyl is meant a branched or unbranched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms in addition to 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, and P.
  • Heteroalkyls include, without limitation, tertiary amines, secondary amines, ethers, thioethers, amides, thioamides, carbamates, thiocarbamates, hydrazones, imines, phosphodiesters, phosphoramidates, sulfonamides, and disulfides.
  • a heteroalkyl may optionally include monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has three to six members.
  • the heteroalkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoralkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups.
  • Examples of C 1-7 heteroalkyls include, without limitation, methoxymethyl and ethoxyethyl.
  • halide is meant bromine, chlorine, iodine, or fluorine.
  • fluoroalkyl is meant an alkyl group that is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • perfluoroalkyl is meant an alkyl group consisting of only carbon and fluorine atoms.
  • Carboxyalkyl is meant a chemical moiety with the formula —(R)—COOH, wherein R is selected from C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 2-6 heterocyclyl, C 6-12 aryl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C 1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • hydroxyalkyl is meant a chemical moiety with the formula —(R)—OH, wherein R is selected from C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 2-6 heterocyclyl, C 6-12 aryl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C 1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • alkoxy is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —OR, wherein R is selected from C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 2-6 heterocyclyl, C 6-12 aryl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C 1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • aryloxy is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —OR, wherein R is a C 6-12 aryl group.
  • alkylthio is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —SR, wherein R is selected from C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 2-6 heterocyclyl, C 6-12 aryl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C 1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • arylthio is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —SR, wherein R is a C 6-12 aryl group.
  • quaternary amino is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —(R)—N(R′)(R′′)(R′′′) + , wherein R, R′, R′′, and R′′′ are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkaryl, alkcycloalkyl, alkheterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, or aryl group as described herein. R may be an alkyl group linking the quaternary amino nitrogen atom, as a substituent, to another moiety.
  • the nitrogen atom, N is covalently attached to four carbon atoms of the alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkaryl, alkcycloalkyl, alkheterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, and/or aryl groups, resulting in a positive charge at the nitrogen atom.
  • charged moiety is meant a moiety which gains a proton at physiological pH thereby becoming positively charged (e.g., ammonium, guanidinium, or amidinium) or a moiety that includes a net formal positive charge without protonation (e.g., quaternary ammonium).
  • the charged moiety may be either permanently charged or transiently charged.
  • the term “parent” refers to a channel blocking compound which can be modified by quaternization or guanylation of an amine nitrogen atom present in the parent compound.
  • the quaternized and guanylated compounds are derivatives of the parent compound.
  • the guanidyl derivatives described herein are presented in their uncharged base form. These compounds can be administered either as a salt (i.e., an acid addition salt) or in their uncharged base form, which undergoes protonation in situ to form a charged moiety.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means an amount sufficient to produce a desired result, for example, the reduction or elimination of neurogenic inflammation in a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from a condition, disease, or illness that is caused wholly or in part by neurogenic inflammation (e.g. asthma, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, diabetes, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, or sunburn).
  • a patient e.g., a human suffering from a condition, disease, or illness that is caused wholly or in part by neurogenic inflammation (e.g. asthma, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, diabetes, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, or sunburn).
  • neurogenic inflammation e.g. asthma, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, diabetes, e
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing the effect of intravenous QX-314 (0.4 mg/kg) on the edema elicited by injection of complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) in the rat hindpaw determined by measuring the total volume of the hindpaw by plethysmography.
  • CFA complete Freund's adjuvant
  • the degree of swelling produced by injection of CFA is reduced by administration of QX-314 reflecting reduction in neurogenic edema resulting from the blockade of nociceptors by QX314.
  • QX-314 by itself has no effect different from administration of saline.
  • FIG. 2 shows the inhibition of voltage-dependent calcium channel current in a dorsal root ganglion (DRG) neuron by N-methyl-verapamil applied in the presence of capsaicin to open TRPV1 channels. Entry of the drug into the cell, and its blocking action, depends on applying the drug in the presence of capsaicin to activate the TRPV1 channels present in the neuronal membrane.
  • DRG dorsal root ganglion
  • the present invention features methods and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation by administering a positively-charged, voltage-gated ion channel inhibitor.
  • a positively-charged, voltage-gated ion channel inhibitor is administered alone or in combination with a TRP channel agonist such as capsaicinoid (e.g.
  • a “caine” drug e.g., amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), or trimecaine).
  • a “caine” drug e.g., amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimet
  • Voltage-gated ion channels in pain-sensing neurons are currently of great interest in developing strategies to treat neurogenic inflammation.
  • Blocking voltage-dependent sodium channels in nociceptors can reduce or eliminate neurogenic inflammation by preventing activation of nociceptor peripheral terminals and the release of pro-inflammatory chemicals.
  • a limitation in designing small organic molecules that inhibit sodium channels or calcium channels is that they must be active when applied externally to the target cell. The vast majority of such externally-applied molecules are hydrophobic and can pass through cell membranes. Accordingly, such molecules will enter all cells and thus exhibit no selectivity for affecting only nociceptors.
  • TRP channels transient receptor potential ion channel
  • TRP channels e.g., TRPAV1, TRPA1, TRPM8, and P2X(2/3)
  • TRP channels in nociceptors are not active but require a noxious thermal, mechanical, or chemical stimulus to activate them.
  • TRP channels in nociceptors can be activated by an exogenous TRP ligand (i.e. TRP agonist) such as capsaicin, which opens the TRPV1 channel.
  • TRP ligand i.e. TRP agonist
  • one approach to selectively targeting nociceptors is to co-administer the membrane-impermeant ion channel inhibitor with an exogenous TRP ligand that permits passage of the inhibitor through the TRP channel into the cell.
  • the exogenous TRP ligand can also be another capsaicinoid, mustard oil, or lidocaine.
  • TRP channels may be active in response to exogenous irritant activators such as inhaled acrolein from smoke or chemical warfare agents such as tear gas.
  • TRP channels can be activated in the absence of exogenous TRP activators/ligands by endogenous inflammatory activators that are generated by tissue damage, infection, autoimmunity, atopy, ischemia, hypoxia, cellular stress, immune cell activation, immune mediator production, and oxidative stress.
  • endogenous molecules e.g., protons, lipids, and reactive oxygen species
  • TRP channels expressed on nociceptors, allowing membrane-impermeant, voltage-gated ion channel blockers to gain access to the inside of the nociceptor through the endogenously-activated TRP channels.
  • Endogenous inflammatory activators of TRP channels include, for example, prostaglandins, nitric oxide (NO), peroxide (H 2 O 2 ), cysteine-reactive inflammatory mediators like 4-hydroxynonenal, endogenous alkenyl aldehydes, endocannabinoids, and immune mediators (e.g., interleukin 1 (IL-1), nerve growth factor (NOF), and bradykinin).
  • IL-1 interleukin 1
  • NOF nerve growth factor
  • bradykinin bradykinin
  • membrane-impermeant, positively-charged inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels e.g., quarternary ammonium derivatives, such as QX-314
  • QX-314 quarternary ammonium derivatives, such as QX-314
  • an exogenous TRP ligand can be used to selectively target nociceptors in order to effectively treat (e.g., eliminate or alleviate) neurogenic inflammation in a patient (e.g., a human).
  • Inflammation is a complex set of responses to harmful stimuli that results in localized redness, swelling, and pain. Inflammation has two components, one driven by antigens and mediated by immune cells (immune-mediated inflammation) and one mediated by the nervous system (neurogenic inflammation). Neurogenic inflammation results from the efferent functions of pain-sensing neurons (nociceptors), wherein neuropeptides and other chemicals that are pro-inflammatory mediators are released from the peripheral terminals of the nociceptors when they are activated.
  • nociceptors pain-sensing neurons
  • This release process is mediated by calcium influx and exocytosis of vesicles, and the pro-inflammatory mediators include substance P, neurokinin A and B (collectively known as tachykinins), and calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP).
  • substance P substance P
  • neurokinin A and B collectively known as tachykinins
  • CGRP calcitonin gene-related peptide
  • peripheral terminal chemicals stimulate a variety of inflammatory responses.
  • substance P can result in an increase in capillary permeability such that plasma proteins leak from the intravascular compartment into the extracellular space (plasma extravasation), causing edema. This can be detected as a wheal (a firm, elevated swelling of the skin) which is one component of a triad of inflammatory responses-wheal, red spot, and flare-known as the Lewis triple response.
  • wheal a firm, elevated swelling of the skin
  • the release of CGRP causes vasodilation, leading to increased blood flow. This can be detected as a flare, which is another component of the Lewis triple response.
  • Substance P also has a pro-inflammatory action on immune cells (e.g. macrophages, T-cells, mast cells, and dendritic cells) via their neurokinin-1 (NK1) receptor.
  • immune cells e.g. macrophages, T-cells, mast cells, and dendritic cells
  • NK1 receptor neurokinin-1 receptor
  • efferent functions of nociceptors can be triggered by: 1) Direct activation of a nociceptor terminal by a peripheral adequate stimulus applied to the terminal (e.g. a pinch); 2) Indirect antidromic activation of a non-stimulated nociceptor terminal by the axon reflex, wherein action potential input from one terminal of a nociceptor, upon reaching a converging axonal branch point in the periphery, results in an action potential traveling from the branch point down to the peripheral terminal of a non-stimulated terminal; and 3) Activation as a result of activity in nociceptor central terminals in the CNS traveling to the periphery (e.g., primary afferent depolarization of central terminals produced by GABA can be sufficient to initiate action potentials traveling the “wrong way”).
  • Activation as a result of activity in nociceptor central terminals in the CNS traveling to the periphery e.g., primary afferent depolarization of central
  • neurogenic inflammation contributes to the peripheral inflammation elicited by tissue injury, autoimmune disease, infection, and exposure to irritants in soft tissue, skin, the respiratory system, joints, the urogenital and GI tract, the liver, and the brain.
  • Neurogenic inflammatory disorders include asthma, rhinitis, conjunctivitis, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, diabetes, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, and sunburn, pancreatitis, chronic cough, chronic rhinosinusistis, traumatic brain injury, polymicrobial sepsis, tendinopathies chronic urticaria, rheumatic disease, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants, or chemical warfare agents, as described herein.
  • Asthma is a chronic respiratory disorder that is characterized by airway obstruction, bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and bronchial inflammation. Asthma can be induced by a variety of stimuli, including natural inhaled allergens (e.g. dust mites, pollen, and mold), household organic compounds (e.g. soap, perfume, shampoo, creams, and lotions), medications, industrial chemicals, food allergies, exercise, hormonal changes, and psychological stress. Patients who chronically suffer from asthma experience episodes of hypersensitivity to such stimuli where the bronchi contract in spasms. During an asthma episode, inflammation of the airways causes bronchoconstriction and excess mucus production, making it difficult for the patient to breathe.
  • natural inhaled allergens e.g. dust mites, pollen, and mold
  • household organic compounds e.g. soap, perfume, shampoo, creams, and lotions
  • medications e.g. soap, perfume, shampoo, creams, and lotions
  • industrial chemicals e.g. soap, perfume, shampoo
  • TRPV1 and TRPA1 channels also contribute to the neurogenic component of allergic asthma as well as cough and rhinitis.
  • Arthritis is a group of conditions involving inflammation and damage to the joints of the body. Arthritis can have many causes, including physical trauma and aging (osteoarthritis), autoimmune disease (rheumatoid arthritis and psoriatic arthritis), infection (septic arthritis), and gout (gouty arthritis).
  • RA Rheumatoid arthritis
  • synermal arthritis is a chronic, systemic inflammatory disorder that principally affects the joints (synovitis), characterized by destruction of articular cartilage and bending/stiffness of the joints (ankylosis), and which leads to pain and substantial loss of mobility.
  • RA can also cause inflammation in the skin, lungs, and kidneys.
  • Colitis is a group of chronic autoimmune disorders characterized by inflammation of the colon. Symptoms of colitis include pain, tenderness of the abdomen, fatigue, rapid weight loss, ulcers (ulcerative colitis), and gastrointestinal bleeding. Colitis can also be triggered by many foods, including alcohol, caffeine, dairy products, spicy foods, nuts, seeds, meats, refined sugar, and raw vegetables. It is known that neurogenic mechanisms are important to the inflammatory processes in colitis. For example, studies have shown that induced colitis inflammation in mice can be mitigated using NK-1 and CGRP receptor antagonists. (Nguyen et al. Canadian J. Phys. Pharm. 81:920, 2003.)
  • Contact dermatitis is the local irritation of superficial regions of the skin caused by contact with irritants or allergens.
  • the most common causes of allergic contact dermatitis are plants such as poison ivy and poison oak.
  • Common causes of irritant contact dermatitis are chemicals such as harsh soaps, detergents, and cleaning products. Symptoms of contact dermatitis include rash, blisters, wheals, hives, and burning itch.
  • the role of neurogenic inflammation in contact dermatitis has been discussed, for example, in Guy, AMA Arch. Derm. Syphilol. 66:1, 1952.
  • Gastritis refers to a collection of disorders which induce inflammation of the stomach lining. Gastritis can be caused by excessive alcohol consumption, prolonged use of NSAIDs such as aspirin or ibuprofen, and chronic infection by bacteria (primarily Helicobacter pylori ). Certain autoimmune disorders can also cause gastritis. Symptoms include internal bleeding, pain (especially in the upper abdomen), vomiting, and bloating. Gastritis can also lead to increased risk of stomach cancer.
  • Migraine is a neurological disorder, more common in women than in men, that is characterized by headache, nausea, and altered perception. Migraine proceeds in several phases: 1) a prodrome phase that includes fatigue, food craving, neck stiffness, altered mood, and constipation or diarrhea; 2) an aura phase that includes disturbances of vision consisting of white/multicolored flashes of lights or dazzling lines, feelings of “pins-and-needles” in the hand and arm, auditory/olfactory hallucinations, vertigo, tingling/numbness of the face, and hypersensitivity to touch; 3) a pain phase that includes a throbbing headache accompanied by nausea, vomiting, blurred vision, nasal stuffiness, diarrhea, and local edema; and 4) a postdrome phase including fatigue and feelings of“hangover.”
  • a prodrome phase that includes fatigue, food craving, neck stiffness, altered mood, and constipation or diarrhea
  • an aura phase that includes disturbances of vision consisting of white/multicolored flashes of lights or dazzling
  • Rhinitis known commonly as the running nose, is a disorder involving irritation and inflammation of internal nasal mucous membranes. Rhinitis is characterized by the generation of large amounts of mucus, producing running nose, nasal congestion, and post-nasal drip. According to recent estimates, more than 50 million people in the U.S. alone suffer from rhinitis yearly. Rhinitis is laked into infective rhinitis (caused by bacterial infection), nonallergic rhinitis (caused by hormones, drugs, and foods), and allergic rhinitis (caused by immune reactions to allergens, e.g. hayfever). The role of neurogenic inflammation in the pathogenesis of rhinitis is similar to that of asthma, where environmental substances enhance the immune response, leading to downstream release of substance P from neurons.
  • Cystitis is inflammation of the urinary bladder.
  • cystitis There are several types of cystitis, including traumatic cystitis, interstitial cystitis, eosinophilic cystitis, radiation cystitis, and hemorrhagic cystitis.
  • Interstitial cystitis also known as painful bladder syndrome, is a disorder characterized by urination pain, urinary frequency, urgency, and pressure in the bladder.
  • traumatic cystitis interstitial cystitis has not been shown to be caused by bacterial infection. The cause of interstitial cystitis is unknown but has been proposed to involve neurogenic inflammation.
  • Additional neurogenic inflammatory disorders will be known to those skilled in the art, and include, but are not limited to sunburn, inflammatory conditions with a neurogenic component such as inflammation of blood vessels, eczema, rosacea, psoriasis, gingivitis, pancreatitis, chronic cough, chronic rhinosinusistis, traumatic brain injury, polymicrobial sepsis, tendinopathies chronic urticaria, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants, or chemical warfare agents.
  • a neurogenic component such as inflammation of blood vessels, eczema, rosacea, psoriasis, gingivitis, pancreatitis, chronic cough, chronic rhinosinusistis, traumatic brain injury, polymicrobial sepsis, tendinopathies chronic urticaria, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants, or chemical warfare agents.
  • Inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels that are suitable for use in the methods and kits of the invention for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation are desirably positively-charged, hydrophilic compounds.
  • the compounds are permanently charged (i.e., have a charge that is not transient).
  • the compounds are transiently charged.
  • Suitable inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels include, but are not limited to, QX-314, N-methyl-procaine (QX-222), N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine, and pancuronium.
  • Suitable inhibitors of voltage-gated calcium channels include, but are not limited to, D-890 (quaternary methoxyverapamil), CERM 11888 (quaternary bepridil), N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, dodecyltrimethylammonium, and other compounds as described herein (see. e.g., charged derivatives of the compounds described in Tables 1 and 2).
  • inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels that would be of a suitable size to be useful in the methods of the invention (e.g., from about 100 to 4,000 Da, 100 to 3,000 Da, 100 to 2,000 Da, 150 to 1,500 Da, or even 200 to 1,200 Da) and that have amine groups, or can be modified to contain amine groups, that can be readily modified to be charged (e.g., as positively-charged quarternary amines, or as transiently charged, e.g., guanylated, compounds).
  • Such inhibitors include, but arc not limited to, riluzole, mexilitine, phenytoin, carbamazepine, procaine, tocainide, prilocaine, diisopyramide, bencyclane, quinidine, bretylium, lifarizine, lamotrigine, flunarizine, articaine, bupivicaine, mepivicaine, and fluspirilene.
  • Compounds that can be used in the methods and kits of the invention for the treatment of inflammation include compounds of formulas I-X, below.
  • each of R 1A , R 1B , and R 1C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, OR 1H , NR 1I R 1J , NR 1K C(O)R 1L , S(O)R 1M , SO 2 R 1N R 1O , SO 2 NR 1P R 1Q , SO 3 R 1R , CO 2 R 1S , C(O)R 1T , and C(O)NR 1U R 1V ; and each of R 1H , R 1I , R 1J , R 1K , R 1L , R 1M , R 1N , R 1O , R 1P , R 1Q , R 1R , R 1S , R 1T , R 1U , and R 1V is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkyn
  • X 1 is —NHC(O)—.
  • exemplary compounds of formula I include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N-methyl lidocaine, N,N-dimethyl prilocaine, N,N,N-trimethyl tocainide, N-methyl etidocaine, N-methyl ropivacaine, N-methyl bupivacaine, N-methyl levobupivacaine, N-methyl mepivacaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • Compounds of formula I include QX-314 (CAS 21306-56-9) and QX-222 (CAS 21236-55-5) (below).
  • each of R 2A , R 2B , and R 2C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, OR 2I , NR 2J R 2K , NR 2L C(O)R 2M , S(U)R 2N , SO 2 R 2O R 2P , SO 2 NR 2Q R 2R , SO 3 R 2S , CO 2 R 2T , C(O)R 2U , and C(O)NR 2V R 2W ; and each of R 2I , R 2J , R 2K , R 2L , R 2M , R 2N , R 2O , R 2P , R 2Q , R 2R , R 2S , R 2T , R 2U , R 2V , R 2W is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, OR
  • R 2H is H or CH 3 .
  • R 2F and R 2G combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • X 2 is —NHC(O)—.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH 2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as desethyl-N-guanidyl lidocaine, N-guanidyl prilocaine, N-guanidyl tocainide, desethyl-N-guanidyl etidocaine, desbutyl-N-guanidyl ropivacaine, desbutyl-N-guanidyl bupivacaine, desbutyl-N-guanidyl levobupivacaine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl mepivacaine.
  • anesthetic drugs such as desethyl-N-guanidyl lidocaine, N-guanidyl prilocaine, N-guanidyl tocainide, desethyl-N-guanidyl etidocaine, desbutyl-N
  • guanidyl derivatives described herein are presented in their uncharged base form. These compounds can be administered either as a salt (i.e., an acid addition salt) or in their uncharged base form, which undergoes protonation in situ to form a charged moiety.
  • each of R 3A , R 3B , and R 3C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, OR 3L , NR 3M R 3N , NR 3O C(O)R 3P , S(O)R 3Q , SO 2 R 3R R 3S , SO 2 NR 3T R 3U , SO 3 R 3V , CO 2 R 3W , C(O)R 3X , and C(O)NR 3Y R 3Z ; and each of R 3L , R 3M , R 3N , R 3O , R 3P , R 3Q , R 3R , R 3S , R 3T , R 3U , R 3V , R 3W , R 3X , R 3Y , R 3Z is
  • the quaternary nitrogen in formula III is identified herein as N′.
  • exemplary compounds of formula III include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N′-methyl procaine, N′-methyl proparacaine, N′-methyl allocain, N′-methyl encainide, N′-methyl procainamide, N′-methyl metoclopramide.
  • These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • each of R 4A and R 4B is, independently, selected from II, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, OR 4L , NR 4M R 4N , N 4O C(O)R 4P , S(O)R 4Q , SO 2 R 4R R 4S , SO 2 NR 4T R 4U , SO 3 R 4V , CO 2 R 4W , C(O)R 4X , and C(O)NR 4Y R 4Z ; and each of R 4L , R 4M R 4N , R 4O , R 4P , R 4Q , R 4R , R 4S , R 4T , R 4U , R 4V , R 4W , R 4X , R 4Y , and R 4Z is, independently, selected from H, C
  • the quaternary nitrogen in formula IV is identified herein as N′′.
  • exemplary compounds of formula III include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl procaine, N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl proparacaine, N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl procainamide, N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl metoclopramide, N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl propoxycaine, N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl chloroprocaine, N′′,N′′-dimethyl tetracaine, N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl benzocaine, and N′′,N′′,N′′-trimethyl butamben.
  • These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • each of R 5A , R 5B and R 5C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, OR 5M , NR 5N R 5O , NR 5P C(O)R 5Q , S(O)R 5R , S 2 R 5S R 5T , SO 2 NR 5U R 5V , SO 3 R 5W , CO 2 R 5X , C(O)R 5Y , and C(O)NR 5Z R 5AA ; and each of R 5M , R 5N , R 5O , R 5P , R 5R , R 5S , R 5T , R 5U , R 5V , R 5W , R 5X , R 5Y , R 5Z , and R 5AA is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 al
  • R 5L is H or CH 3 .
  • R 5J and R 5K combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • the guanylated nitrogen in formula V is identified herein as N′.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula V include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH 2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as such as desethyl-N′-guanidyl procaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl proparacaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl allocain, desmethyl-N′-guanidyl encainide, desethyl-N′-guanidyl procainamide, desethyl-N′-guanidyl metoclopramide, desmethyl-N′-guanidyl stovaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl propoxycaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl chloroprocaine, N′-guanidyl flecainide, and desethyl-N′-guanidyl tetracaine.
  • anesthetic drugs
  • each of R 6A and R 6B is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, OR 6K , NR 6L R 6M , NR 6N C(O)R 6O , S(O)R 6P , SO 2 R 6Q R 6R , SO 2 NR 6S R 6T , SO 3 R 6U , CO 2 R 6V , C(O)R 6W , and C(O)NR 6X R 6Y ; and each of R 6K , R 6L , R 6M , R 6N , R 6O , R 6P , R 6Q , R 6R , R 6S , R 6T , R 6U , R 6V , R 6W , R 6X , and R 6Y is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 al
  • R 6J is H or CH 3 .
  • R 6H and R 6I combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • the guanylated nitrogen in formula V is identified herein as N′′.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula VI include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH 2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as such as N′′-guanidyl procaine, N′′-guanidyl proparacaine, N′′-guanidyl procainamide, N′′-guanidyl metoclopramide, N′′-guanidyl propoxycaine, N′′-guanidyl chloroprocaine, N′′-guanidyl tetracaine, N′′-guanidyl benzocaine, and N′′-guanidyl butamben.
  • anesthetic drugs such as such as N′′-guanidyl procaine, N′′-guanidyl proparacaine, N′′-guanidyl procainamide, N′′-guanidyl metoclopramide, N′′-guanidyl propoxycaine, N′′-guanidyl chloroproca
  • each of R 7A , R 7B , and R 7C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, OR 7L , NR 7M R 7N , NR 7O C(O)R 7P , S(O)R 7Q , SO 2 R 7R R 7S , SO 2 NR 7T R 7U , SO 3 R 7V , CO 2 R 7W , C(O)R 7X , and C(O)NR 7Y R 7Z ; and each of R 7L , R 7M , R 7N , R 7O , R 7P , R 7Q , R 7R , R 7S , R 7T , R 7U , R 7V , R 7W , R 7X , R 7Y , and R 7Z
  • X 7 is —C(O)NH—.
  • exemplary compounds of formula VII include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N′-methyl dibucaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • each of R 8A , R 8B , and R 8C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, OR 8L , NR 8M R 8N , NR 8O C(O)R 8P , S(O)R 8Q , SO 2 R 8R R 8S , SO 2 NR 8T R 8U , SO 3 R 8V , CO 2 R 8W , C(O)R 8X , and C(O)NR 8Y R 8Z ; and each of R 8L , R 8M , R 8N , R 8O , R 8P , R 8Q , R 8R , R 8S , R 8T , R 8U , R 8V , R 8W , R 8X , R 8Y , and R 8Z
  • R 8K is H or CH 3 .
  • R 8I and R 8J combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • the guanylated nitrogen in formula V is identified herein as N′.
  • X 8 is —C(O)NH—.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula VIII include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH 2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as such as desethyl-N-guanidyl dibucaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 2-5.
  • each of R 9A , R 9B , R 9C , R 9D , and R 9E is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, OR 9I , NR 9J R 9K , NR 9L C(O)R 9M , S(O)R 9N , SO 2 R 9O R 9P , SO 2 NR 9Q R 9R , SO 3 R 9S , CO 2 R 9T , C(O)R 9U and C(O)NR 9V R 9W ; and each of R 9I , R 9J , R 9K , R 9L , R 9M , R 9N , R 9O , R 9P , R 9Q , R 9R , R 9S , R 9T , R 9U , R 9V , and R 9W is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl
  • each of R 9F , R 9G , and R 9N is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, and C 2-4 alkynyl, or R 9F and R 9G together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms.
  • R 9F and R 9G form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms
  • the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • R 9H is H or CH 3 .
  • R 9F and R 9G combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • X 9 —O—.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula IX include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH 2 derivatives), such as N-guanidyl fluoxetine, and methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives, such as N,N-dimethyl fluoxetine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 1-5.
  • W 3 is O, NH, NCH 2 R 10J , NC(O)CH 2 R 10J , CHCH 2 R 10J , C ⁇ CHR 10J , or C ⁇ CHR 10K ;
  • W 1 -W 2 is S, O, OCHR 10K , SCHR 10K , N ⁇ CR 10K , CHR 10L —CHR 10K , or CR 10L ⁇ CR 10K ;
  • each of R 10A , R 10B , R 10C , R 10D , R 10E , R 10F , R 10G , and R 10H is, independently, selected from H, OH, halide, C 1-4 alkyl, and C 2-4 heteroalkyl;
  • R 10J is CH 2 CH 2 X 10A or CH(CH 3 )CH 2 X 10A ;
  • R 10L is H or OH;
  • R 10K is H, OH, or the group:
  • X 10A is NR 10M R 10N R 10P , or NR 10Q X 10C ;
  • X 10B is NR 10R R 10S , or NX 10C ; each of R 10M , R 10N , R 10P , R 10R , and R 10S is, independently, selected from C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, and C 2-4 heteroalkyl, or R 10R , and R 10S together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom;
  • R 10Q is H or C 1-4 alkyl;
  • X 10C is
  • each of R 10T , R 10U , and R 10V is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, and C 2-4 alkynyl, or R 10T and R 10V together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms.
  • R 10T and R 10V form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms
  • the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • R 10U is H or CH 3 .
  • R 10T and R 10V combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula X include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH 2 derivatives) and methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives.
  • N-guanidyl derivatives of formula X include, without limitation.
  • N-guanidyl amoxapine desmethyl-N-guanidyl trimipramine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl dothiepin, desmethyl-N-guanidyl doxepin, desmethyl-N-guanidyl amitriptyline, N-guanidyl protriptyline, N-guanidyl desipramine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl clomipramine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl clozapine, desmcthyl-N-guanidyl loxapine, N-guanidyl nortriptyline, desmethyl-N-guanidyl cyclobenzaprine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl cyproheptadine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl olopatadine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl promethazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl trimeprazine, desmethyl
  • Methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of formula X include, without limitation, N,N-dimethyl amoxapine, N-methyl trimipramine, N-methyl dothiepin, N-methyl doxepin, N-methyl amitriptyline, N,N-dimethyl protriptyline, N,N-dimethyl desipramine, N-methyl clomipramine, N-methyl clozapine, N-methyl loxapine, N,N-dimethyl nortriptyline, N-methyl cyclobenzaprine, N-methyl cyproheptadine, N-methyl olopatadine, N-methyl promethazine, N-methyl trimeprazine, N-methyl chlorprothixene, N-methyl chlorpromazine, N-methyl propiomazine, N-methyl moricizine, N-methyl prochlorperazine, N-methyl thiethylperazine, N-methyl fluphena
  • ion channel blockers that can contain an amine nitrogen which can be guanylated or quaternized as described herein include, without limitation, orphenadrine, phenbenzamine, bepridil, pimozide, penfluridol, flunarizine, fluspirilene, propiverine, disopyramide, mcthadonc, tolterodine, tridihexethyl salts, tripelennamine, mepyramine, brompheniramine, chlorpheniramine, dexchlorpheniramine, carbinoxamine, levomethadyl acetate, gallopamil, verapamil, devapamnil, tiapamil, emopamnil, dyclonine, pramoxine, lamotrigine, fendiline, mibefradil, gabapentin, amiloride, diltiazem, nifedipine, nimodipine,
  • Still other ion channel blockers can be modified to incorporate a nitrogen atom suitable for quaternization or guanylation.
  • These ion channel blockers include, without limitation, fosphenytoin, ethotoin, phenytoin, carbamazepine, oxearbazepine, topiramate, zonisamide, and salts of valproic acid.
  • channel blockers including still other derivatives that can be quaternized or guanylated according to the methods described herein are provided in Table 1.
  • Exemplary cationic calcium channel blockers include D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, and dodecyltrimethylammonium.
  • Other exemplary compounds include any charged derivative, e.g., a quarternary amine derivative, of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, terpene compounds (e.g., sesquiterpenes) such as those described in Norman et al.
  • Yamamoto et al. provides the following N-type calcium channel blockers (Table 2), which can be modified (e.g., quaternized or guanylated) according to the methods described herein.
  • WO07118854 see, e.g., Formulas I-VII and the compounds of Examples 1-11 and claims 1-36)
  • 61 WO08008398 see, e.g., Formulas I, I′, I′′, II, and II′; Examples 1-377.
  • WO04105750 see, e.g., Formulas (1)-(8), the compounds of Examples 1-10, claims 1-23, and FIG. 1
  • 75 WO08031227 see, e.g., Formulas (1) and (2), the compounds of Examples 1-20, and claims 21-37)
  • each R 11A , R 11B , and R 11C is selected, independently, from H or C 1-4 alkyl, and where 0, 1, 2, or 3 of the dashed bonds represents a carbon-carbon double bond (i.e., compounds of Formula (XI) can include 0, 1, 2, or 3 double bonds), provided that when 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds are present, the double bonds are not adjacent to one another.
  • compounds that include 0, 1, or 2 double bonds can be prepared according to methods known in the literature, e.g., partial or total hydrogenation of the parent triene.
  • compounds of Formula (XI) can be represented by the following formula (XI-A),
  • each R 11A , R 11B , R 11C , and X is according to Formula (XI), and where each dashed bond represents an optional carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Still other farnesyl amine compounds can include those compounds that have a structure according to Formula (XI-B),
  • R 11A , R 11B , R 11C , and X is according to Formula (XI).
  • Exemplary compounds of Formula (XI) include
  • Amino acid derivatives e.g., those described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,166,590 or in Seko et al., Bioorg. Med Chem. Lett. 11(16):2067-2070 (2001), each of which is herein incorporated by reference, can also be used in the invention.
  • compounds having a structure according to Formula (XII) can be N-type calcium channel blockers.
  • each of R 12A , R 12B , R 12C , and R 12D is, independently, selected from C f-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl; or R 12A and R 12B together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom, n is an integer between 1-5, each of R 12E and R 12F is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, or C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, and X is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
  • Exemplary compounds of Formula (XII) include
  • Still other compounds that can be used in the invention are charged derivatives of flunarizine and related compounds (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,883,271 and 3,773,939, as well as Zamponi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 19: 6467 (2009)), each of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • compounds according to Formulas (XIII-A), (XIII-B), and (XIII-C) can be prepared according to, e.g., Zamponi et al., and used in the invention,
  • each R 13A -R 13J and R 13O -R 13T is selected, independently, from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR 13AA , NR 13AB R 13AC , NR 13AD C(O)R 13AE , S(O)R 13AF , SO 2 R 13AG R 13AH , SO 2 NR 13AI R 13AJ , SO 3 R 13AK , CO 2 R 13AL , C(O)R 13AM , and C(O)NR 13AN R 13AO ; and each of R 13AA -R 13AO is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, and C 2-4 heteroalkyl;
  • each R 13K , R 13L , R 13M , and R 13N is, independently, H or C 1-4 alkyl, or R 13K and R 13L , or R 13M and R 13N , combine to form C ⁇ O, or R 13K and R 13M combine to form C ⁇ C;
  • R 13Y is H or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 13Z and R 13Z′ are, independently, selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
  • X ⁇ is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
  • Exemplary compounds according to Formulas (XIII-A)-(XIII-C) include
  • mibrefradil such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,808,605, hereby incorporated by reference can also be used.
  • exemplary mibrefadil derivatives include compounds of Formula (XIV),
  • n is an integer between 0-5;
  • R 14A is heterocyclyl (e.g., a heteroaryl such as benzimidazole),
  • each of R 14B , R 14C , R 14D , and R1 4E is, independently, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
  • R 14F is selected from H, halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-4 heteroalkyl, C 7-14 alkaryl, C 3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C 3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR 14G , NR 14H R 14I , NR 14J C(O)R 14K , S(O)R 14L , SO 2 R 14M R 14N , SO 2 NR 14O R 14P , SO 3 R 14O , CO 2 R 14R , C(O)R 14S , and C(O)NR 14T R 14V ; and each of R 14G -R 13AO is, independently, selected from H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-4 alkynyl, and C 2-4 heteroalkyl.
  • Charged derivatives of 4-piperidinylaniline compounds can be prepared according to methods known in the literature and described herein.
  • charged N-alkyl derivatives e.g., N-methyl
  • Compounds (86)-(88) can be prepared and used in the compositions, methods, and kits described herein.
  • channel blockers that can be quaternized or guanylated according to the methods described herein are described, for example, in PCT Publication No. WO 2004/093813 (see, e.g., Tables 5, 6, and 8), which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • the channel blockers shown in Table 3 can be quaternized or guanylated as described herein.
  • charge-modified ion channel blockers may involve the selective protection and deprotection of alcohols, amines, ketones, sulfhydryls or carboxyl functional groups of the parent ion channel blocker, the linker, the bulky group, and/or the charged group.
  • protecting groups for amines include carbamates, such as tert-butyl, benzyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl, allyl, and m-nitrophenyl.
  • amides such as formamides, acetamides, trifluoroacetamides, sulfonamides, trifluoromethanesulfonyl amides, trimethylsilylethanesulfonamides, and tert-butylsulfonyl amides.
  • protecting groups for carboxyls include esters, such as methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy methyl, benzyl, diphenylmethyl, O-nitrobenzyl, ortho-esters, and halo-esters.
  • Examples of commonly used protecting groups for alcohols include ethers, such as methyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethoxymethyl, methylthiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, ethoxyethyl, benzyl, 2-napthylmethyl, O-nitrobenzyl, P-nitrobenzyl, P-methoxybenzyl, 9-phenylxanthyl, trityl (including methoxy-trityls), and silyl ethers.
  • Examples of commonly used protecting groups for sulfhydryls include many of the same protecting groups used for hydroxyls.
  • sulfhydryls can be protected in a reduced form (e.g., as disulfides) or an oxidized form (e.g., as sulfonic acids, sulfonic esters, or sulfonic amides).
  • Protecting groups can be chosen such that selective conditions (e.g., acidic conditions, basic conditions, catalysis by a nucleophile, catalysis by a Lewis acid, or hydrogenation) are required to remove each, exclusive of other protecting groups in a molecule.
  • the conditions required for the addition of protecting groups to amine, alcohol, sulfhydryl, and carboxyl functionalities and the conditions required for their removal are provided in detail in T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (2 nd Ed.), John Wiley & Sons, 1991 and P. J. Kocienski, Protecting Groups , Georg Thieme Verlag, 1994.
  • Charge-modified ion channel blockers can be prepared using techniques familiar to those skilled in the art. The modifications can be made, for example, by alkylation of the parent ion channel blocker using the techniques described by J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1992, page 617.
  • the conversion of amino groups to guanidine groups can be accomplished using standard synthetic protocols. For example, Mosher has described a general method for preparing mono-substituted guanidines by reaction of aminoiminomethanesulfonic acid with amines (Kim et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 29:3183 (1988)).
  • guanidine is part of a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms (see, for example, the structures below).
  • the ring system can include an alkylene or
  • alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings.
  • ring systems can be prepared, for example, using the methods disclosed by Schlama et al., J. Org. Chem. 62:4200 (1997).
  • Charge-modified ion channel blockers can be prepared by alkylation of an amine nitrogen in the parent compound as shown in Scheme 1.
  • charge-modified ion channel blockers can be prepared by introduction of a guanidine group.
  • the parent compound can be reacted with a cynamide, e.g., methylcyanamide, as shown in Scheme 2 or pyrazole-1-carboxamidine derivatives as shown in Scheme 3 where Z is H or a suitable protecting group.
  • the parent compound can be reacted with cyanogens bromide followed by reaction with methylchloroaluminum amide as shown in Scheme 4.
  • Reagents such as 2-(methylthio)-2-imidazoline can also be used to prepare suitably functionalized derivatives (Scheme 5).
  • Any ion channel blocker containing an amine nitrogen atom e.g., a compound selected from Compounds (1)-(563) or a compound according to Formulas (I)-(XIV)
  • a compound selected from Compounds (1)-(563) or a compound according to Formulas (I)-(XIV) can be modified as shown in Schemes 1-5.
  • TRPV1 agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include but are not limited to any that activates TRPV1 receptors on nociceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels.
  • a suitable TRPV1 agonist is capsaicin or another capsaicinoids, which are members of the vanilloid family of molecules. Naturally occurring capsaicinoids are capsaicin itself, dihydrocapsaicin, nordihydrocapsaicin, homodihydrocapsaicin, homocapsaicin, and nonivamide, whose structures are provided below.
  • capsaicinoids and capsaicinoid analogs and derivatives for use in the compositions and methods of the present invention include naturally occurring and synthetic capsaicin derivatives and analogs including, e.g., vanilloids (e.g., N-vanillyl-alkanedienamides, N-vanillyl-alkanedienyls, and N-vanillyl-cis-monounsaturatcd alkenamides), capsiate, dihydrocapsiate, nordihydrocapsiate and other capsinoids, capsiconiate, dihydrocapsiconiate and other coniferyl esters, capsiconinoid, resiniferatoxin, tinyatoxin, civamide, N-phenylmethylalkenamide capsaicin derivatives, olvanil, N-[(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-9Z-octa-decanamide, N-oleyl-homovan
  • TRPV1 agonists include but are not limited to eugenol, arvanil (N-arachidonoylvanillamine), anandamide, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate (2APB), AM404, resiniferatoxin, phorbol 12-phenylacetate 13-acetate 20-homovanillate (PPAHV), olvanil (NE 19550), OLDA (N-oleoyldopamine), N-arachidonyldopamine (NADA), 6′-iodoresiniferatoxin (6′-IRTX), C18 N-acylethanolamines, lipoxygenase derivatives such as 12-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid, inhibitor cysteine knot (ICK) peptides (vanillotoxins), piperine, MSK195 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-2-[4-(2-aminoe
  • TRPV1 agonists include amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), and trimecaine.
  • TRP1A agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include any that activates TRP1A receptors on nociceptors or pruriceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels.
  • Suitable TRP1A agonists include but are not limited to cinnamaldehyde, allyl-isothiocynanate, diallyl disulfide, icilin, cinnamon oil, wintergreen oil, clove oil, acrolein, hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 4-hydroxynonenal, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, mustard oil, and 3′-carbamoylbiphenyl-3-yl cyclohexylcarbamate (URB597).
  • Still other agonists include amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), and trimecaine.
  • P2X agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include any that activates P2X receptors on nociceptors or pruriceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels.
  • Suitable P2X agonists include but are not limited to 2-methylthio-ATP, 2′ and 3′-O-(4-benzoylbenzoyl)-ATP, and ATP5′-O-(3-thiotriphosphate).
  • TRPM8 agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include any that activates TRPM8 receptors on nociceptors or pruriceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels.
  • Suitable TRPM8 agonists include but are not limited to menthol, iciclin, eucalyptol, linalool, geraniol, and hydroxycitronellal.
  • one or more additional biologically active agents typically used to treat neurogenic inflammation may be used in combination with a composition of the invention described herein.
  • the biologically active agents include, but are not limited to, acetaminophen, NSAIDs, glucocorticoids, narcotics (e.g. opioids), tricyclic antidepressants, amine transporter inhibitors, anticonvulsants, antiproliferative agents, and immune modulators.
  • the biologically active agents can be administered prior to, concurrent with, or following administration of a composition of the invention, using any formulation, dosing, or administration known in the art that is therapeutically effective.
  • Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited to, acetylsalicylic acid, amoxiprin, benorylate, benorilate, choline magnesium salicylate, diflunisal, ethenzamide, fatelamine, methyl salicylate, magnesium salicylate, salicyl salicylate, salicylamide, diclofenac, aceclofenac, acemethacin, alclofenac, bromfenac, etodolac, indometacin, nabumetone, oxametacin, proglumetacin, sulindac, tolmetin, ibuprofen, ahninoprofen, benoxaprofen, carprofen, dexibuprofen, dexketoprofen, fenbufen
  • Narcotics that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited, to tramadol, hydrocodone, oxycodone, morphine, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Antiproliferative and immune modulatory agents that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents, platinum agents, antimetabolites, topoisomerase inhibitors, dihydrofolate reductase inhibitors, antitumor antibiotics, antimitotic agents, aromatase inhibitors, thymidylate synthase inhibitors, DNA antagonists, farnesyltransferase inhibitors, pump inhibitors, histone acetyltransferase inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, ribonucleoside reductase inhibitors, TNF-alpha agonists, TNF-alpha antagonists or scavengers, interleukin 1 (IL-1) antagonists or scavengers, endothelin A receptor antagonists, retinoic acid receptor agonists, hormonal agents, antihormonal agents, photodynamic agents, and
  • the administration of a combination of the invention may be by any suitable means that results in the reduction of inflammation at the target region (e.g., any inflamed tissue or mucosal surface).
  • the inhibitor(s) of voltage-gated ion channels may be contained in any appropriate amount in any suitable carrier substance, and are generally present in amounts totaling 1-95% by weight of the total weight of the composition.
  • composition may be provided in a dosage form that is suitable for intraarticular, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular), rectal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, topical, transdermal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, intravesicular, intraurethral, intrathecal, epidural, aural, or ocular administration, or by injection, inhalation, or direct contact with the nasal, genitourinary, gastrointestinal, reproductive or oral mucosa.
  • parenteral e.g., intravenous, intramuscular
  • rectal cutaneous, subcutaneous, topical, transdermal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, intravesicular, intraurethral, intrathecal, epidural, aural, or ocular administration, or by injection, inhalation, or direct contact with the nasal, genitourinary, gastrointestinal, reproductive or oral mucosa.
  • the composition may be in the form of, e.g., tablets, capsules, pills, powders, granulates, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, plasters, drenches, osmotic delivery devices, suppositories, enemas, injectables, implants, sprays, preparations suitable for iontophoretic delivery, or aerosols.
  • the compositions may be formulated according to conventional pharmaceutical practice (see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000, ed. A. R. Gennaro, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, eds. J. Swarbrick and J. C. Boylan, 1988-1999, Marcel Dekker, New York).
  • Each compound of a combination therapy may be formulated in a variety of ways that are known in the art.
  • the first and second agents of the combination therapy may be formulated together or separately.
  • the first and second agents are formulated together for the simultaneous or near simultaneous administration of the agents.
  • kits that contain, e.g., two pills, a pill and a powder, a suppository and a liquid in a vial, two topical creams, etc.
  • the kit can include optional components that aid in the administration of the unit dose to patients, such as vials for reconstituting powder forms, syringes for injection, customized IV delivery systems, inhalers, etc.
  • the unit dose kit can contain instructions for preparation and administration of the compositions.
  • the kit may be manufactured as a single use unit dose for one patient, multiple uses for a particular patient (at a constant dose or in which the individual compounds may vary in potency as therapy progresses); or the kit may contain multiple doses suitable for administration to multiple patients (“bulk packaging”).
  • the kit components may be assembled in cartons, blister packs, bottles, tubes, and the like.
  • Each compound of the invention can be formulated for controlled release (e.g., sustained or measured) administration, as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003/0152637 and 2005/0025765, each incorporated herein by reference.
  • a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents as described herein can be incorporated into a capsule or tablet, that is administered to the site of inflammation.
  • Any pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle or formulation suitable for local infiltration or injection into a site to be treated e.g., a painful surgical incision, wound, or joint
  • a sustained release of compound of the invention alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents as described herein, may be employed to provide for prolonged elimination or alleviation of inflammation, as needed.
  • Slow release formulations known in the art include specially coated pellets, polymer formulations or matrices for surgical insertion or as sustained release microparticles, e.g., microspheres or microcapsules, for implantation, insertion, infusion or injection, wherein the slow release of the active medicament is brought about through sustained or controlled diffusion out of the matrix and/or selective breakdown of the coating of the preparation or selective breakdown of a polymer matrix.
  • Other formulations or vehicles for sustained or immediate delivery of an agent to a preferred localized site in a patient include, e.g., suspensions, emulsions, gels, liposomes and any other suitable art known delivery vehicle or formulation acceptable for subcutaneous or intramuscular administration.
  • biocompatible materials may be utilized as a controlled release carrier to provide the controlled release of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more biologically active agents, as described herein.
  • Any pharmaceutically acceptable biocompatible polymer known to those skilled in the art may be utilized. It is preferred that the biocompatible controlled release material degrade in vivo within about one year, preferably within about 3 months, more preferably within about two months. More preferably, the controlled release material will degrade significantly within one to three months, with at least 50% of the material degrading into non-toxic residues, which are removed by the body, and 100% of the compound of the invention being released within a time period within about two weeks, preferably within about 2 days to about 7 days.
  • a degradable controlled release material should preferably degrade by hydrolysis, either by surface erosion or bulk erosion, so that release is not only sustained but also provides desirable release rates.
  • the pharmacokinetic release profile of these formulations may be first order, zero order, bi- or multi-phasic, to provide the desired reversible local anesthetic effect over the desired time period.
  • Suitable biocompatible polymers can be utilized as the controlled release material.
  • the polymeric material may comprise biocompatible, biodegradable polymers, and in certain preferred embodiments is preferably a copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid.
  • Preferred controlled release materials which are useful in the formulations of the invention include the polyanhydrides, polyesters, co-polymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid (preferably wherein the weight ratio of lactic acid to glycolic acid is no more than 4:1 i.e., 80% or less lactic acid to 20% or more glycolic acid by weight)) and polyorthoesters containing a catalyst or degradation enhancing compound, for example, containing at least 1% by weight anhydride catalyst such as maleic anhydride.
  • polyesters include polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid and polylactic acid-polyglycolic acid copolymers.
  • Other useful polymers include protein polymers such as collagen, gelatin, fibrin and fibrinogen and polysaccharides such as hyaluronic acid.
  • the polymeric material may be prepared by any method known to those skilled in the art.
  • this copolymer may be prepared by the procedure set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,293,539, incorporated herein by reference.
  • copolymers of lactic and glycolic acid may be prepared by any other procedure known to those skilled in the art.
  • polymers include polylactides, polyglycolides, polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polycaprolactones, polyphosphazenes, polyphosphoesters, polysaccharides, proteinaceous polymers, soluble derivatives of polysaccharides, soluble derivatives of proteinaceous polymers, polypeptides, polyesters, and polyorthoesters or mixtures or blends of any of these.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable polyanhydrides which are useful in the present invention have a water-labile anhydride linkage. The rate of drug release can be controlled by the particular polyanhydride polymer utilized and its molecular weight.
  • the polysaccharides may be poly-1,4-glucans, e.g., starch glycogen, amylose, amylopectin, and mixtures thereof.
  • the biodegradable hydrophilic or hydrophobic polymer may be a water-soluble derivative of a poly-1,4-glucan, including hydrolyzed amylopectin, hydroxyalkyl derivatives of hydrolyzed amylopectin such as hydroxyethyl starch (HES), hydroxyethyl amylose, dialdehyde starch, and the like.
  • the polyanhydride polymer may be branched or linear.
  • polymers which are useful in the present invention include (in addition to homopolymers and copolymers of poly(lactic acid) and/or poly(glycolic acid)) poly[bis(p-carboxyphenoxy) propane anhydride](PCPP), poly[bis(p-carboxy)methane anhydride] (PCPM), polyanhydrides of oligomerized unsaturated aliphatic acids, polyanhydride polymers prepared from amino acids which are modified to include an additional carboxylic acid, aromatic polyanhydride compositions, and co-polymers of polyanhydrides with other substances, such as fatty acid terminated polyanhydrides.
  • PCPP bis(p-carboxyphenoxy) propane anhydride]
  • PCPM poly[bis(p-carboxy)methane anhydride]
  • polyanhydrides of oligomerized unsaturated aliphatic acids polyanhydride polymers prepared from amino acids which are modified to include an additional carboxylic acid, aromatic polyanhydride compositions, and co-poly
  • polyanhydrides polymerized from monomers of dimers and/or trimers of unsaturated fatty acids or unsaturated aliphatic acids.
  • Polyanhydrides may be prepared in accordance with the methods set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,757,128, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Polyorthoester polymers may be prepared, e.g., as set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,070,347, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Polyphosphoesters may be prepared and used as set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,008,318, 6,153,212, 5,952,451, 6,051,576, 6,103,255, 5,176,907 and 5,194,581, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Proteinaceous polymers may also be used. Proteinaceous polymers and their soluble derivatives include gelation biodegradable synthetic polypeptides, elastin, alkylated collagen, alkylated elastin, and the like.
  • Biodegradable synthetic polypeptides include poly-(N-hydroxyalkyl)-L-asparagine, poly-(N-hydroxyalkyl)-L-glutamine, copolymers of N-hydroxyalkyl-L-asparagine and N-hydroxyalkyl-L-glutamine with other amino acids. Suggested amino acids include L-alanine, L-lysine, L-phenylalanine, L-valine, L-tyrosine, and the like.
  • the controlled release material which in effect acts as a carrier for a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more biologically active agents as described herein, can further include a bioadhesive polymer such as pectins (polygalacturonic acid), mucopolysaccharides (hyaluronic acid, mucin) or non-toxic lectins or the polymer itself may be bioadhesive, e.g., polyanhydride or polysaccharides such as chitosan.
  • a bioadhesive polymer such as pectins (polygalacturonic acid), mucopolysaccharides (hyaluronic acid, mucin) or non-toxic lectins or the polymer itself may be bioadhesive, e.g., polyanhydride or polysaccharides such as chitosan.
  • the biodegradable polymer comprises a gel
  • one such useful polymer is a thermally gelling polymer, e.g., polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide (PEO-PPO) block copolymer such as PluronicTM F127 from BASF Wyandotte.
  • the local anesthetic formulation may be injected via syringe as a free-flowing liquid, which gels rapidly above 30° C. (e.g., when injected into a patient).
  • the gel system then releases a steady dose of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more biologically active agents as described herein, at the site of administration.
  • Formulations for oral use include tablets containing the active ingredient(s) in a mixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • excipients may be, for example, inert diluents or fillers (e.g., sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, or sodium phosphate); granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., cellulose derivatives including microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, croscarmellose sodium, alginates, or alginic acid); binding agents (e.g., sucrose, glucose, sorbitol, acacia, alginic acid, sodium alginate, gelatin, starch, pregelatinized starch, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose
  • Two or more compounds may be mixed together in a tablet, capsule, or other vehicle, or may be partitioned.
  • the first compound is contained on the inside of the tablet, and the second compound is on the outside, such that a substantial portion of the second compound is released prior to the release of the first compound.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be provided as chewable tablets, or as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water or an oil medium for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus or a spray drying equipment.
  • Dissolution or diffusion controlled release can be achieved by appropriate coating of a tablet, capsule, pellet, or granulate formulation of compounds, or by incorporating the compound into an appropriate matrix.
  • a controlled release coating may include one or more of the coating substances mentioned above and/or, e.g., shellac, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glycerol palmitostearate, ethylcellulose, acrylic resins, dl-polylactic acid, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, vinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene, polymethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, 2-hydroxymethacrylate, methacrylate hydrogels, 1,3 butylene glycol, ethylene glycol methacrylate, and/or polyethylene glycols.
  • the matrix material may also include, e.g., hydrated methylcellulose, carnauba wax and stearyl alcohol, carbopol 934, silicone, glyceryl tristearate, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and/or halogenated fluorocarbon.
  • liquid forms in which the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for administration orally include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • aqueous solutions suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • the oral dosage of any of the compounds of the combination of the invention will depend on the nature of the compound, and can readily be determined by one skilled in the art. Typically, such dosage is normally about 0.001 mg to 2000 mg per day, desirably about 1 mg to 1000 mg per day, and more desirably about 5 mg to 500 mg per day. Dosages up to 200 mg per day may be necessary.
  • Administration of each drug in a combination therapy can, independently, be one to four times daily for one day to one year, and may even be for the life of the patient. Chronic, long-term administration will be indicated in many cases.
  • composition of the invention alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents described herein, can also be adapted for topical use with a topical vehicle containing from between 0.0001% and 25% (w/w) or more of active ingredient(s).
  • the active ingredients are preferably each from between 0.0001% to 10% (w/w), more preferably from between 0.0005% to 4% (w/w) active agent.
  • the cream can be applied one to four times daily, or as needed.
  • the topical vehicle containing the composition of the invention, or a combination therapy containing a composition of the invention is preferably applied to the site of inflammation on the patient.
  • a cream may be applied to the hands of a patient suffering from arthritic fingers.
  • compositions of the invention can be formulated for nasal or intranasal administration.
  • Formulations suitable for nasal administration when the carrier is a solid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of approximately 20 to 500 microns which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage.
  • the carrier is a liquid, for example, a nasal spray or as nasal drops, one or more of the formulations can be admixed in an aqueous or oily solution, and inhaled or sprayed into the nasal passage.
  • the active ingredient can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing the effect of intrdvenous QX-314 (0.4 mg/kg) on the edema elicited by injection of complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) in the rat hindpaw determined by measuring the total volume of the hindpaw by plethysmography.
  • CFA complete Freund's adjuvant
  • the degree of swelling produced by injection of CFA is reduced by administration of QX-314 reflecting reduction in neurogenic edema resulting from the blockade of nociceptors by QX314.
  • QX-314 by itself has no effect different from administration of saline.
  • N-methyl-verapamil a charged derivative of the known calcium channel blocker verapamil and structurally related to D-890, can be loaded into dorsal root ganglion neurons through activation of TRPV1 channels by capsaicin.
  • the internally-loaded N-methyl-verapamil then produces long-lasting inhibition of the voltage-dependent calcium channels in the neurons. Entry of the drug into the cell, and its blocking action, depends on applying the drug in the presence of capsaicin to activate the TRPV1 channels present in the neuronal membrane.
  • FIG. 2 the inhibition of voltage-dependent calcium channel current in a DRG neuron by N-methyl-verapamil applied in the presence of capsaicin to open TRPV1 channels.
  • the traces show currents through voltage-activated calcium channels in a dissociated rat dorsal root ganglion neuron, recorded in whole-cell mode. Current was carried by 2 mM Ba 2+ on a background of 155 mM N-methyl-D-glucamine (to eliminate Na current), with an internal CsCl-based solution. Calcium channels were opened by a voltage step from ⁇ 80 mV to ⁇ 20 mV. When channels are opened, inward-going current is carried by Ba 2+ ions flowing into the cell.
  • Each panel shows calcium channel currents before and 3 minutes after exposure of the cell to either 1 ⁇ M capsaicin alone (top panel), 300 ⁇ M N-methyl-verapamil alone (middle panel), or 300 ⁇ M N-methyl-verapamil applied in the presence of 1 ⁇ M capsaicin to open TRPV1 channels (bottom panel).
  • Control experiments using either capsaicin alone or N-methyl-verapamil alone each produce weak, transient effects that are rapidly reversed when the agents are washed away.
  • the combination produces an inhibition of calcium channel currents that persists after washout of the agents, consistent with N-methyl-verapamil having entered through TRPV1 channels and remaining trapped inside the cells, blocking the calcium channels from the inside.

Abstract

The invention provides compounds, compositions, methods, and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/224,512, filed Jul. 10, 2009, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention provides compounds, methods and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention features methods and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation by targeting nociceptors with drugs of low molecular weight, while minimizing effects on non-pain-sensing neurons or other types of cells. According to the method of the invention, small, hydrophilic drug molecules gain access to the intracellular compartment of pain-sensing neurons via entry through receptor/channels that are present in pain-sensing neurons but to a lesser extent or not at all in other types of neurons or in other types of tissue. Neurogenic inflammation is a mode of inflammation mediated by the efferent (motor) functions of sensory neurons, in which pro-inflammatory mediator molecules released in the periphery by pain-sensing neurons (nociceptors) both activate a variety of inflammatory pathways and also act on the vascular system to alter blood flow and capillary permeability.
  • Neurogenic inflammation contributes to the peripheral inflammation elicited by tissue injury, autoimmune disease, infection, exposure to irritants in a variety of tissues, and is thought to play an important role in the pathogenesis of numerous disorders (e.g. migraine, arthritis, rhinitis, gastritis, colitis, cystitis, and sunburn).
  • One way to reduce neurogenic inflammation is to block excitability in nociceptors, thereby preventing the activation of nociceptor peripheral terminals and the release of pro-inflammatory chemicals. Local anesthetics such as lidocaine and articaine act by inhibiting voltage gated ion channels in neurons. Local anesthetics are relatively hydrophobic molecules that gain access to their blocking site on the sodium channel by diffusing into or through the cell membrane. However, these anesthetics block sodium or calcium channels and thereby the excitability of all neurons, not just pain-sensing neurons. Thus, administration of local anesthetics produces unwanted or deleterious effects such as general numbness from block of low threshold pressure and touch receptors, motor deficits from block of motor axons and other complications from block of autonomic fibers. Local anesthetics also act on sodium channels on smooth muscle in the cardiovascular and respiratory systems producing deleterious effects.
  • Accordingly, there is a need for an approach to reducing neurogenic inflammation that selectively targets nociceptors.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In a first aspect, the invention features a method for treating neurogenic inflammation in a patient, such as a human, by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that is capable of entering a nociceptor through a channel-forming receptor present in the nociceptor when the receptor is activated and inhibiting a voltage-gated ion channel present in the nociceptor, wherein the compound does not substantially inhibit said channel when applied to the extracellular face of the channel and when the receptor is not activated. In certain embodiments, the compound is an inhibitor of voltage-gated sodium channels. Exemplary inhibitors of this class are QX-314, N-methyl-procaine, QX-222, N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine and pancuronium. In other embodiments, the compound is a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of a compound selected from riluzole, mexilitine, phenytoin, carbamazepine, procaine, articaine, bupivicaine, mepivicaine, tocainide, prilocaine, diisopyramide, bencyclane, quinidine, bretylium, lifarizine, lamotrigine, flunarizine, and fluspirilene. In other embodiments, the compound is an inhibitor of calcium channels. Inhibitors of this class include D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, dodecyltrimethylammonium, and terpene compounds (e.g., sesquiterpenes), as well as charged derivatives (e.g., a quarternary amine derivative or a guanylated derivative) of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, or farnesyl amine. Still other exemplary inhibitors of calcium channels can be described by Formulas XI-XIV) and in Tables 1, 2, and 3. In further embodiments, the ion channel inhibitor is a charged derivative (e.g., a quarternary amine derivative or a guanylated derivative) of any of compounds (1)-(563). Exemplary derivatives are described herein.
  • The channel-forming receptor can be activated prior to administering the compound by administration of a second compound that opens the channel. Alternatively, the channel-forming receptor can be activated by endogenous compounds present in the patient.
  • The invention also features a kit that includes a composition for treating neurogenic inflammation in a patient and instructions for the administration of the composition to a patient to treat neurogenic inflammation. The composition includes a compound that is capable of entering a nociceptor through a channel-forming receptor present in the nociceptor when the receptor is activated and inhibiting a voltage-gated ion channel present in the nociceptor, wherein the compound does not substantially inhibit said channel when applied to the extracellular face of the channel and when the receptor is not activated. In certain embodiments, the compound is an inhibitor of voltage-gated sodium channels or calcium channels, such as those described herein. In some embodiments, the compound is QX-314, N-methyl-procaine, QX-222, N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine, pancuronium, or another low molecular weight, charged molecule that inhibits voltage-gated sodium channels when present inside of said nociceptor. In other embodiments, the compound is D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil. N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, and dodecyltrimethylammonium; a quarternary amine derivative, of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, or farnesyl amino; a compound according to any of Formulas (XI), (XII), (XIII-A), (XIII-B), (XIII-C), and (XIV); or a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of any of compounds (1)-(563).
  • Any of the compositions, methods, and kits of the invention may optionally feature a second compound that activates the channel-forming receptor. In one embodiment, the second compound activates a channel-forming receptor selected from TRPV1, P2X(2/3), TRPA1, and TRPM8.
  • Activators of TRPV1 receptors include but are not limited to capsaicin, eugenol, camphor, clotrimazole, arvanil (N-arachidonoylvanillamine), anandamide, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate (2APB), AM404, resiniferatoxin, phorbol 12-phenylacetate 13-acetate 20-homovanillate (PPAHV), olvanil (NE 19550), OLDA (N-oleoyldopamine), N-arachidonyldopamine (NADA), 6′-iodoresiniferatoxin (6′-IRTX), C18 N-acylethanolamines, lipoxygenase derivatives such as 12-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid, inhibitor cysteine knot (ICK) peptides (vanillotoxins), piperine, MSK195 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-2-[4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl]acetamide), JYL79 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea), hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 10-shogaol, oleylgingerol, oleylshogaol, SU200 (N-(4-tert-butylbenzyl)-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea), amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), and trimecaine. Other activators of TRPV1 receptors are described in O'Dell et al., Bioorg Med Chem. (2007) 15:6164-6149, and Sexton et al., FASEB J (2007) 21:2695-2703. Still other TRPV1 activators include black pepper compounds (e.g., Okumura et al., Biosci Biotechnol Biochem. 74(5):1068-72 (2010) and Riera et al., Br J Pharmacol. 57(8):1398-409 (2009)), terpenoids (Iwasaki et al., Life Sci. 85(1-2)60-69 (2009)), nickel (Luebbert et al., Pflugers Arch. 459(5):737-50 (2010)), SA13353 ([1-[2-(1-adamantyl)ethyl]-1-pentyl-3-[3-(4-pyridyl)propyl]urea]; see, e.g., Tsuji et al., Eur J Pharmacol. 627(1-3):332-9 (2010)), oxidized linoleic metabolites (Patwardhan et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 106(44):18820-4 (2009)), diallyl sulfides (Koizumi et al., Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 382(3):545-8 (2009)), and alkylamides derived from sanshool (Menozzi-Smarrito et al., J Agric Food Chem. 57(5):1982-9 (2009)).
  • Still other activators of TRPV1 receptors include capsaicinoids and capsaicinoid analogs as described herein (e.g., vanilloids (e.g., N-vanillyl-alkanedienamides, N-vanillyl-alkanedienyls, and N-vanillyl-cis-monounsaturated alkenamides), capsiate, dihydrocapsiate, nordihydrocapsiate and other capsinoids, capsiconiate, dihydrocapsiconiate and other coniferyl esters, capsiconinoid, resiniferatoxin, tinyatoxin, civamide, N-phenylmethylalkenamide capsaicin derivatives, olvanil, N-[(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-9Z-octa-decanamide, N-oleyl-homovanillamide, triprenyl phenols (e.g., scutigeral), gingerols, piperines, shogaols, guaiacol, eugenol, zingerone, nuvanil, NE-19550, NE-21610, and NE-28345). Additional capsaicinoids, their structures, and methods of their manufacture are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,446,226 and 7,429,673, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Activators of TRPA1 receptors include but are not limited to cinnamaldehyde, allyl-isothiocynanate, diallyl disulfide, icilin, cinnamon oil, wintergreen oil, clove oil, acrolein, hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 4-hydroxynonenal, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, mustard oil, 3′-carbamoylbiphenyl-3-yl cyclohexylcarbamate (URB597), amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), and trimecaine. Other activators of TRPA1 receptors are described in Taylor-Clark et al., Mol Pharmacol (2007) PMID: 18000030; Macpherson et al., Nature (2007) 445:541-545; and Hill et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2007) 282:7145-7153. Still other TRPA1 activators include: fenamate NSAIDS (Hu et al., Pflugers Arch. 459(4):579-92 (2010)), congeners of AP18 (Defalco et al, Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 20(1):276-9 (2010)), tear gasses CN, CR, and CS (Brône et al., Toxicol Appl Pharmacol. 231(2):150-6 (2008)), nicotine (Talavera et al, Nat Neurosci. 12(10):1293-9 (2009)), Sichuan and Melegueta peppers (Riera et al., Br J Pharmacol. 157(8):1398-409 (2009)), diallyl sulfides nifedipine, nimodipine, nicardipine, and nitrendipine, L-type calcium channel agonist BayK8644 (Fajardo et al., Channels (Austin) 2(6):429-38 (2008)), and isovelleral and polygodial (Escalera et al., J. Biol. Chem. 283(35):24136-44 (2008)).
  • Activators of P2X receptors include but are not limited to ATP, 2-methylthio-ATP, 2′ and 3′-O-(4-benzoylbenzoyl)-ATP, and ATP5′-O-(3-thiotriphosphate).
  • Activators of TRPM8 receptors include but are not limited to menthol, icilin, eucalyptol, linalool, geraniol, and hydroxycitronellal.
  • In another aspect, the invention features compounds according to Formula (XI),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00001
  • where each R11A, R11B, and R11C is selected, independently, from H or C1-4 alkyl, and where 0, 1, 2, or 3 of the dashed bonds represents a carbon-carbon double bond (i.e., compounds of Formula (XI) can include 0, 1, 2, or 3 double bonds), provided that when 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds are present, the double bonds are not adjacent to one another. In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (XI) can be represented by the following formula (XI-A),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00002
  • where each R11A, R11B, R11C, and X is according to Formula (XI), and where each dashed bond represents an optional carbon-carbon double bond, or by formula (XI-B),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00003
  • where each R11A, R11B, R11C, and X is according to Formula (XI). In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (XI) is
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00004
  • In another aspect, the invention features compounds according to Formula (XII),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00005
  • wherein
  • each of R12A, R12B, R12C, and R12D is, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; or R12A and R12B together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom; n is an integer between 1-5; each of R12E and R12F is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, or C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and X is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion. In some embodiments, the compound has the following structure
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00006
  • In another aspect, the invention features a compound having a structure according to one of the following formulas:
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00007
  • where each R13A-R13J and R13O-R13T is selected, independently, from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR13AA, NR13ABR13AC, NR13ADC(O)R13AE, S(O)R13AF, SO2R13AGR13AH, SO2NR13AJR13AJ, SO3R13AK, CO2R13AL, C(O)R13AM, and C(O)NR13ANR14AO; each of R13AA-R13AO is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each R13K, R13L, R13M, and R13N is, independently, H or C1-4 alkyl, or R13K and R13L, or R13M and R13N, combine to form C═O, or R13K and R13M combine to form C═C; R13Y is H or C1-4 alkyl; R13Z and R13Z′ are, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and X− is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00008
  • In another aspect, the invention features compounds according to the following formula,
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00009
  • where n is an integer between 0-5; R14A is heterocyclyl, each of R14B, R14C, R14D, and R14E is, independently, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and R14F is selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR14G, NR14HR14I, NR14JC(O)R14K, S(O)R14L, SO2R14MR14N, SO2NR14OR14P, SO3R14Q, CO2R14R, C(O)R14S, and C(O)NR14TR14V; and each of R14G-R13AO is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, the compound is
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00010
  • where X is a pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
  • The invention also features pharmaceutical compositions that include a compound according to any of Formulas (XI)-(XIV), or any of compounds (1)-(563), and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral, nasal, or inhalation administration.
  • In certain embodiments, the compounds, compositions, methods, and kits of the invention may be used to treat any disorder that is caused, wholly or in part, by neurogenic inflammation. Non-limiting examples of such disorders include asthma, rhinitis, conjunctivitis, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, pancreatitis, chronic cough, sinusisitis (e.g., chronic rhinosinusistis), traumatic brain injury, sepsis (e.g., polymicrobial sepsis), tendinopathies chronic urticaria, rheumatic disease, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants or chemical warfare agents, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, urethritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, sunburn, chemical warfare agents, inhaled tear gases, or inhaled pollutants.
  • Some methods and kits of the invention also feature one or more acetaminophens, NSAIDs, glucocorticoids, narcotics, tricyclic antidepressants, amine transporter inhibitors, anticonvulsants, antiproliferative agents, or immune modulators.
  • In another embodiment, the compositions are administered by intraarticular, surgical, intravenous, intramuscular, oral, rectal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, topical, transdermal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, intraurethral, intravesicular, intrathecal, epidural, mucosal, aural, or ocular administration by injection, inhalation, or direct contact. In yet another embodiment, the composition is formulated for controlled or sustained release over time.
  • By “biologically active” is meant that a molecule, including biological molecules, such as nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, and proteins, exerts a physical or chemical activity on itself or other molecule. For example, a “biologically active” molecule may possess, e.g., enzymatic activity, protein binding activity (e.g., antibody interactions), or cytotoxic activities (e.g., anti-cancer properties). Biologically active agents that can be used in the methods and kits described herein include, without limitation, an antibody or antibody fragment, an antibiotic, a polynucleotide, a polypeptide, a protein, an anti-cancer agent, a growth factor, and a vaccine.
  • By “inflammation” is meant any types of inflammation, such those caused by the immune system (immune-mediated inflammation) and by the nervous system (neurogenic inflammation), and any symptom of inflammation, including redness, heat, swelling, pain, and/or loss of function.
  • By “neurogenic inflammation” is meant any type of inflammation mediated by neurons (e.g. nociceptors) or any other component of the central or peripheral nervous system.
  • By “patient” is meant any animal. In one embodiment, the patient is a human. Other animals that can be treated using the methods and kits of the invention include, but are not limited to, non-human primates (e.g., monkeys, gorillas, chimpanzees), domesticated animals (e.g., horses, pigs, goats, rabbits, sheep, cattle, llamas), and companion animals (e.g., guinea pigs, rats, mice, lizards, snakes, dogs, cats, fish, hamsters, and birds).
  • Compounds useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, those described herein in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers such as diastereomers and enantiomers, salts, esters, amides, thioesters, solvates, and polymorphs thereof, as well as racemic mixtures and pure isomers of the compounds described herein.
  • By “low molecular weight” is meant less than about 650 Daltons.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” represents those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
  • The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or separately by reacting the free base function with a suitable organic acid. Representative acid addition salts include, but arc not limited to, acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, isethionate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. These acid addition salts may also be referred to as “pharmaceutically acceptable anions.” Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like.
  • In the generic descriptions of compounds of this invention, the number of atoms of a particular type in a substituent group is generally given as a range, e.g., an alkyl group containing from 1 to 4 carbon atoms or C1-4 alkyl. Reference to such a range is intended to include specific references to groups having each of the integer number of atoms within the specified range. For example, an alkyl group from 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes each of C1, C2, C3, and C4. A C1-12, heteroalkyl, for example, includes from 1 to 12 carbon atoms in addition to one or more heteroatoms. Other numbers of atoms and other types of atoms may be indicated in a similar manner.
  • As used herein, the terms “alkyl” and the prefix “alk-” are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, i.e., cycloalkyl. Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably have from 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms, inclusive. Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl groups.
  • By “C1-4 alkyl” is meant a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A C1-4 alkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups. C1-4 alkyls include, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and cyclobutyl.
  • By “C2-4 alkenyl” is meant a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group containing one or more double bonds and having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. A C2-4 alkenyl may optionally include monocyclic or polycyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has from three to six members. The C2-4 alkenyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups. C2-4 alkenyls include, without limitation, vinyl, allyl, 2-cyclopropyl-1-ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, and 2-methyl-2-propenyl.
  • By “C2-4 alkynyl” is meant a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group containing one or more triple bonds and having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. A C2-4 alkynyl may optionally include monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has five or six members. The C2-4 alkynyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxy, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups. C2-4 alkynyls include, without limitation, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, and 3-butynyl.
  • By “C2-6 heterocyclyl” is meant a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7- to 14-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is saturated partially unsaturated or unsaturated (aromatic), and which consists of 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The heterocyclyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxy, fluoroalkyl, perfluoralkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized. The heterocyclic ring may be covalently attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure, e.g., an imidazolinyl ring may be linked at either of the ring-carbon atom positions or at the nitrogen atom. A nitrogen atom in the heterocycle may optionally be quaternized. Preferably when the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycle exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. Heterocycles include, without limitation, 1H-indazole, 2-pyrrolidonyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-indolyl, 4-piperidonyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, b-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinylperimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pteridinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, carbolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, xanthenyl. Preferred 5 to 10 membered heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, quinolinyl, and isoquinolinyl. Preferred 5 to 6 membered heterocycles include, without limitation, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, and tetrazolyl.
  • By “C6-12 aryl” is meant an aromatic group having a ring system comprised of carbon atoms with conjugated t electrons (e.g., phenyl). The aryl group has from 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Aryl groups may optionally include monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has five or six members. The aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary substituents include alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, fluoroalkyl, carboxyl, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, monosubstituted amino, disubstituted amino, and quaternary amino groups.
  • By “C7-14 alkaryl” is meant an alkyl substituted by an aryl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, or 3,4-dichlorophenethyl) having from 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • By “C3-10 alkcycloalkyl” is meant an alkyl substituted by a cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, or cyclooctyl) having from 3-10 carbon atoms.
  • By “C3-10 alkheterocyclyl” is meant an alkyl substituted heterocyclic group having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms in addition to one or more heteroatoms (e.g., 3-furanylmethyl, 2-furanylmethyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranylmethyl, or 2-tetrahydrofuranylmethyl).
  • By “C1-7 heteroalkyl” is meant a branched or unbranched alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms in addition to 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, and P. Heteroalkyls include, without limitation, tertiary amines, secondary amines, ethers, thioethers, amides, thioamides, carbamates, thiocarbamates, hydrazones, imines, phosphodiesters, phosphoramidates, sulfonamides, and disulfides. A heteroalkyl may optionally include monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic rings, in which each ring desirably has three to six members. The heteroalkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary substituents include alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, halide, hydroxyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoralkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, disubstituted amino, quaternary amino, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl, and carboxyl groups. Examples of C1-7 heteroalkyls include, without limitation, methoxymethyl and ethoxyethyl.
  • By “halide” is meant bromine, chlorine, iodine, or fluorine.
  • By “fluoroalkyl” is meant an alkyl group that is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • By “perfluoroalkyl” is meant an alkyl group consisting of only carbon and fluorine atoms.
  • By “carboxyalkyl” is meant a chemical moiety with the formula —(R)—COOH, wherein R is selected from C1-7 alkyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • By “hydroxyalkyl” is meant a chemical moiety with the formula —(R)—OH, wherein R is selected from C1-7 alkyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • By “alkoxy” is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —OR, wherein R is selected from C1-7 alkyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • By “aryloxy” is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —OR, wherein R is a C6-12 aryl group.
  • By “alkylthio” is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —SR, wherein R is selected from C1-7 alkyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, or C1-7 heteroalkyl.
  • By “arylthio” is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —SR, wherein R is a C6-12 aryl group.
  • By “quaternary amino” is meant a chemical substituent of the formula —(R)—N(R′)(R″)(R′″)+, wherein R, R′, R″, and R′″ are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkaryl, alkcycloalkyl, alkheterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, or aryl group as described herein. R may be an alkyl group linking the quaternary amino nitrogen atom, as a substituent, to another moiety. The nitrogen atom, N, is covalently attached to four carbon atoms of the alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkaryl, alkcycloalkyl, alkheterocyclyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, and/or aryl groups, resulting in a positive charge at the nitrogen atom.
  • By “charged moiety” is meant a moiety which gains a proton at physiological pH thereby becoming positively charged (e.g., ammonium, guanidinium, or amidinium) or a moiety that includes a net formal positive charge without protonation (e.g., quaternary ammonium). The charged moiety may be either permanently charged or transiently charged.
  • As used herein, the term “parent” refers to a channel blocking compound which can be modified by quaternization or guanylation of an amine nitrogen atom present in the parent compound. The quaternized and guanylated compounds are derivatives of the parent compound. The guanidyl derivatives described herein are presented in their uncharged base form. These compounds can be administered either as a salt (i.e., an acid addition salt) or in their uncharged base form, which undergoes protonation in situ to form a charged moiety.
  • By “therapeutically effective amount” means an amount sufficient to produce a desired result, for example, the reduction or elimination of neurogenic inflammation in a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from a condition, disease, or illness that is caused wholly or in part by neurogenic inflammation (e.g. asthma, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, diabetes, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, or sunburn).
  • Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing the effect of intravenous QX-314 (0.4 mg/kg) on the edema elicited by injection of complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) in the rat hindpaw determined by measuring the total volume of the hindpaw by plethysmography. The degree of swelling produced by injection of CFA is reduced by administration of QX-314 reflecting reduction in neurogenic edema resulting from the blockade of nociceptors by QX314. QX-314 by itself has no effect different from administration of saline.
  • FIG. 2 shows the inhibition of voltage-dependent calcium channel current in a dorsal root ganglion (DRG) neuron by N-methyl-verapamil applied in the presence of capsaicin to open TRPV1 channels. Entry of the drug into the cell, and its blocking action, depends on applying the drug in the presence of capsaicin to activate the TRPV1 channels present in the neuronal membrane.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention features methods and kits for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation by administering a positively-charged, voltage-gated ion channel inhibitor. In embodiments of the invention, the positively-charged, voltage-gated ion channel inhibitor is administered alone or in combination with a TRP channel agonist such as capsaicinoid (e.g. capsaicin), mustard oil, or a “caine” drug (e.g., amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), or trimecaine).
  • Voltage-gated ion channels in pain-sensing neurons are currently of great interest in developing strategies to treat neurogenic inflammation. Blocking voltage-dependent sodium channels in nociceptors can reduce or eliminate neurogenic inflammation by preventing activation of nociceptor peripheral terminals and the release of pro-inflammatory chemicals. A limitation in designing small organic molecules that inhibit sodium channels or calcium channels is that they must be active when applied externally to the target cell. The vast majority of such externally-applied molecules are hydrophobic and can pass through cell membranes. Accordingly, such molecules will enter all cells and thus exhibit no selectivity for affecting only nociceptors.
  • Some inhibitors, such as the quarternary ammonium derivative QX-314, are membrane-impermeant and are only effective when present inside the nociceptor cell, and thus must pass through the cell membrane via a channel or receptor, such as a transient receptor potential ion channel (TRP channels, e.g., TRPAV1, TRPA1, TRPM8, and P2X(2/3)), in order to produce an effect. Under normal circumstances, most TRP channels in nociceptors are not active but require a noxious thermal, mechanical, or chemical stimulus to activate them. For example, TRP channels in nociceptors can be activated by an exogenous TRP ligand (i.e. TRP agonist) such as capsaicin, which opens the TRPV1 channel. Thus, one approach to selectively targeting nociceptors is to co-administer the membrane-impermeant ion channel inhibitor with an exogenous TRP ligand that permits passage of the inhibitor through the TRP channel into the cell. In addition to capsaicin, the exogenous TRP ligand can also be another capsaicinoid, mustard oil, or lidocaine. In another example, TRP channels may be active in response to exogenous irritant activators such as inhaled acrolein from smoke or chemical warfare agents such as tear gas.
  • Under certain circumstances, TRP channels can be activated in the absence of exogenous TRP activators/ligands by endogenous inflammatory activators that are generated by tissue damage, infection, autoimmunity, atopy, ischemia, hypoxia, cellular stress, immune cell activation, immune mediator production, and oxidative stress. Under such conditions, endogenous molecules (e.g., protons, lipids, and reactive oxygen species) can activate TRP channels expressed on nociceptors, allowing membrane-impermeant, voltage-gated ion channel blockers to gain access to the inside of the nociceptor through the endogenously-activated TRP channels. Endogenous inflammatory activators of TRP channels include, for example, prostaglandins, nitric oxide (NO), peroxide (H2O2), cysteine-reactive inflammatory mediators like 4-hydroxynonenal, endogenous alkenyl aldehydes, endocannabinoids, and immune mediators (e.g., interleukin 1 (IL-1), nerve growth factor (NOF), and bradykinin).
  • Thus, the inventors have discovered that membrane-impermeant, positively-charged inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels (e.g., quarternary ammonium derivatives, such as QX-314), alone or in combination with an exogenous TRP ligand, can be used to selectively target nociceptors in order to effectively treat (e.g., eliminate or alleviate) neurogenic inflammation in a patient (e.g., a human).
  • The invention is described in more detail below.
    • Neurogenic Inflammation
  • Inflammation is a complex set of responses to harmful stimuli that results in localized redness, swelling, and pain. Inflammation has two components, one driven by antigens and mediated by immune cells (immune-mediated inflammation) and one mediated by the nervous system (neurogenic inflammation). Neurogenic inflammation results from the efferent functions of pain-sensing neurons (nociceptors), wherein neuropeptides and other chemicals that are pro-inflammatory mediators are released from the peripheral terminals of the nociceptors when they are activated. This release process is mediated by calcium influx and exocytosis of vesicles, and the pro-inflammatory mediators include substance P, neurokinin A and B (collectively known as tachykinins), and calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP).
  • The release of peripheral terminal chemicals stimulate a variety of inflammatory responses. First, the release of substance P can result in an increase in capillary permeability such that plasma proteins leak from the intravascular compartment into the extracellular space (plasma extravasation), causing edema. This can be detected as a wheal (a firm, elevated swelling of the skin) which is one component of a triad of inflammatory responses-wheal, red spot, and flare-known as the Lewis triple response. Second, the release of CGRP causes vasodilation, leading to increased blood flow. This can be detected as a flare, which is another component of the Lewis triple response.
  • Substance P also has a pro-inflammatory action on immune cells (e.g. macrophages, T-cells, mast cells, and dendritic cells) via their neurokinin-1 (NK1) receptor. This effect has been documented in allergic rhinitis, gastitis, and colitis, and represents an interface between the neurogenic and immune-mediated components of inflammation. Substance P released from one nociceptor may also act on NK1 receptors on neighboring nociceptors to sensitize or activate them, causing a spread of activation and afferent/efferent function.
  • These efferent functions of nociceptors can be triggered by: 1) Direct activation of a nociceptor terminal by a peripheral adequate stimulus applied to the terminal (e.g. a pinch); 2) Indirect antidromic activation of a non-stimulated nociceptor terminal by the axon reflex, wherein action potential input from one terminal of a nociceptor, upon reaching a converging axonal branch point in the periphery, results in an action potential traveling from the branch point down to the peripheral terminal of a non-stimulated terminal; and 3) Activation as a result of activity in nociceptor central terminals in the CNS traveling to the periphery (e.g., primary afferent depolarization of central terminals produced by GABA can be sufficient to initiate action potentials traveling the “wrong way”).
    • Neurogenic Inflammatory Disorders
  • In certain disorders, neurogenic inflammation contributes to the peripheral inflammation elicited by tissue injury, autoimmune disease, infection, and exposure to irritants in soft tissue, skin, the respiratory system, joints, the urogenital and GI tract, the liver, and the brain. Neurogenic inflammatory disorders include asthma, rhinitis, conjunctivitis, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, diabetes, eczema, cystitis, gastritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, and sunburn, pancreatitis, chronic cough, chronic rhinosinusistis, traumatic brain injury, polymicrobial sepsis, tendinopathies chronic urticaria, rheumatic disease, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants, or chemical warfare agents, as described herein.
  • Asthma
  • Asthma is a chronic respiratory disorder that is characterized by airway obstruction, bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and bronchial inflammation. Asthma can be induced by a variety of stimuli, including natural inhaled allergens (e.g. dust mites, pollen, and mold), household organic compounds (e.g. soap, perfume, shampoo, creams, and lotions), medications, industrial chemicals, food allergies, exercise, hormonal changes, and psychological stress. Patients who chronically suffer from asthma experience episodes of hypersensitivity to such stimuli where the bronchi contract in spasms. During an asthma episode, inflammation of the airways causes bronchoconstriction and excess mucus production, making it difficult for the patient to breathe.
  • Cells responsible for airway hyperresponsiveness and obstruction include sensory and motor neurons as well as epithelial and smooth muscle cells. Asthma is the result of a complex set of interactions between these cells and the immune system, particularly the T-helper-2 cells which control the inflammatory process. There is growing evidence that communication between immune cells and neurons can be mediated by neurophilins, which are produced in increased concentrations by immune cells that enter the airways in an asthmatic episode. Neurophilins modify the functional activity of neuronal function, leading to altered neuropeptide and tachykinin production that results in neurogenic inflammation. (Renz et al. Prog. Brain Res. 146:325, 2004.) TRPV1 and TRPA1 channels also contribute to the neurogenic component of allergic asthma as well as cough and rhinitis.
  • Arthritis
  • Arthritis is a group of conditions involving inflammation and damage to the joints of the body. Arthritis can have many causes, including physical trauma and aging (osteoarthritis), autoimmune disease (rheumatoid arthritis and psoriatic arthritis), infection (septic arthritis), and gout (gouty arthritis).
  • Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is a chronic, systemic inflammatory disorder that principally affects the joints (synovitis), characterized by destruction of articular cartilage and bending/stiffness of the joints (ankylosis), and which leads to pain and substantial loss of mobility. RA can also cause inflammation in the skin, lungs, and kidneys. About 1% of the world population develops rheumatoid arthritis, with women having a three-fold higher risk than men.
  • The causes of autoimmunity in RA are not fully understood, but evidence suggests the involvement of abnormal B- and T-cell activation and the release of TNF and other cytokines. There has also been a causal link between cigarette smoke and RA. Studies have suggested that neurogenic inflammation makes an important contribution to the pathogenesis of joint pain in RA. See, for example, Levine et al. (J. Immunol. 135:843s, 1985), which showed that the severity of joint injury in RA is correlated with a greater local concentration of substance P.
  • Colitis
  • Colitis is a group of chronic autoimmune disorders characterized by inflammation of the colon. Symptoms of colitis include pain, tenderness of the abdomen, fatigue, rapid weight loss, ulcers (ulcerative colitis), and gastrointestinal bleeding. Colitis can also be triggered by many foods, including alcohol, caffeine, dairy products, spicy foods, nuts, seeds, meats, refined sugar, and raw vegetables. It is known that neurogenic mechanisms are important to the inflammatory processes in colitis. For example, studies have shown that induced colitis inflammation in mice can be mitigated using NK-1 and CGRP receptor antagonists. (Nguyen et al. Canadian J. Phys. Pharm. 81:920, 2003.)
  • Contact Dermatitis
  • Contact dermatitis is the local irritation of superficial regions of the skin caused by contact with irritants or allergens. In North America, the most common causes of allergic contact dermatitis are plants such as poison ivy and poison oak. Common causes of irritant contact dermatitis are chemicals such as harsh soaps, detergents, and cleaning products. Symptoms of contact dermatitis include rash, blisters, wheals, hives, and burning itch. The role of neurogenic inflammation in contact dermatitis has been discussed, for example, in Guy, AMA Arch. Derm. Syphilol. 66:1, 1952.
  • Gastritis
  • Gastritis refers to a collection of disorders which induce inflammation of the stomach lining. Gastritis can be caused by excessive alcohol consumption, prolonged use of NSAIDs such as aspirin or ibuprofen, and chronic infection by bacteria (primarily Helicobacter pylori). Certain autoimmune disorders can also cause gastritis. Symptoms include internal bleeding, pain (especially in the upper abdomen), vomiting, and bloating. Gastritis can also lead to increased risk of stomach cancer.
  • Migraine
  • Migraine is a neurological disorder, more common in women than in men, that is characterized by headache, nausea, and altered perception. Migraine proceeds in several phases: 1) a prodrome phase that includes fatigue, food craving, neck stiffness, altered mood, and constipation or diarrhea; 2) an aura phase that includes disturbances of vision consisting of white/multicolored flashes of lights or dazzling lines, feelings of “pins-and-needles” in the hand and arm, auditory/olfactory hallucinations, vertigo, tingling/numbness of the face, and hypersensitivity to touch; 3) a pain phase that includes a throbbing headache accompanied by nausea, vomiting, blurred vision, nasal stuffiness, diarrhea, and local edema; and 4) a postdrome phase including fatigue and feelings of“hangover.”
  • There are many theories about the cause of migraine. Among these is the theory that certain nerves, when irritated, release the pro-inflammatory mediators such as substance P that lead to neurogenic inflammation and associated pain.
  • Rhinitis
  • Rhinitis, known commonly as the running nose, is a disorder involving irritation and inflammation of internal nasal mucous membranes. Rhinitis is characterized by the generation of large amounts of mucus, producing running nose, nasal congestion, and post-nasal drip. According to recent estimates, more than 50 million people in the U.S. alone suffer from rhinitis yearly. Rhinitis is categoried into infective rhinitis (caused by bacterial infection), nonallergic rhinitis (caused by hormones, drugs, and foods), and allergic rhinitis (caused by immune reactions to allergens, e.g. hayfever). The role of neurogenic inflammation in the pathogenesis of rhinitis is similar to that of asthma, where environmental substances enhance the immune response, leading to downstream release of substance P from neurons.
  • Cystitis
  • Cystitis is inflammation of the urinary bladder. There are several types of cystitis, including traumatic cystitis, interstitial cystitis, eosinophilic cystitis, radiation cystitis, and hemorrhagic cystitis. Interstitial cystitis, also known as painful bladder syndrome, is a disorder characterized by urination pain, urinary frequency, urgency, and pressure in the bladder. Unlike traumatic cystitis, interstitial cystitis has not been shown to be caused by bacterial infection. The cause of interstitial cystitis is unknown but has been proposed to involve neurogenic inflammation. For example, animal studies have shown that interstitial cystitis is correlated with both central and peripheral neural upregulation (Nazif et al., Urology 69:24-33 (2007)), and that acute bladder injury resulted in a significant increase in the release of substance P and CGRP (Lucioni et al., BJU Int. 101:366-370, 2008).
  • Additional Neurogenic Inflammatory Disorders
  • Additional neurogenic inflammatory disorders will be known to those skilled in the art, and include, but are not limited to sunburn, inflammatory conditions with a neurogenic component such as inflammation of blood vessels, eczema, rosacea, psoriasis, gingivitis, pancreatitis, chronic cough, chronic rhinosinusistis, traumatic brain injury, polymicrobial sepsis, tendinopathies chronic urticaria, acute lung injury, exposure to irritants, inhalation of irritants, pollutants, or chemical warfare agents.
  • Inhibitors of Voltage-Gated Ion Channels
  • Inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels that are suitable for use in the methods and kits of the invention for the treatment of neurogenic inflammation are desirably positively-charged, hydrophilic compounds. In one embodiment, the compounds are permanently charged (i.e., have a charge that is not transient). In another embodiment, the compounds are transiently charged. Suitable inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels include, but are not limited to, QX-314, N-methyl-procaine (QX-222), N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine, and pancuronium. Suitable inhibitors of voltage-gated calcium channels include, but are not limited to, D-890 (quaternary methoxyverapamil), CERM 11888 (quaternary bepridil), N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, dodecyltrimethylammonium, and other compounds as described herein (see. e.g., charged derivatives of the compounds described in Tables 1 and 2).
  • Additionally, there are many known inhibitors of voltage-gated ion channels that would be of a suitable size to be useful in the methods of the invention (e.g., from about 100 to 4,000 Da, 100 to 3,000 Da, 100 to 2,000 Da, 150 to 1,500 Da, or even 200 to 1,200 Da) and that have amine groups, or can be modified to contain amine groups, that can be readily modified to be charged (e.g., as positively-charged quarternary amines, or as transiently charged, e.g., guanylated, compounds). Such inhibitors include, but arc not limited to, riluzole, mexilitine, phenytoin, carbamazepine, procaine, tocainide, prilocaine, diisopyramide, bencyclane, quinidine, bretylium, lifarizine, lamotrigine, flunarizine, articaine, bupivicaine, mepivicaine, and fluspirilene.
  • Compounds that can be used in the methods and kits of the invention for the treatment of inflammation include compounds of formulas I-X, below.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00011
  • In formula I, each of R1A, R1B, and R1C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, OR1H, NR1IR1J, NR1KC(O)R1L, S(O)R1M, SO2R1NR1O, SO2NR1PR1Q, SO3R1R, CO2R1S, C(O)R1T, and C(O)NR1UR1V; and each of R1H, R1I, R1J, R1K, R1L, R1M, R1N, R1O, R1P, R1Q, R1R, R1S, R1T, R1U, and R1V is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl X1 is selected from —CR1WR1X—, —NR1YC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR1Z—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R1W, R1X, R1Y, and R1Z is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; R1D is selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; and each of R1E, R1F, and R1Gis, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; or R1D and R1G together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom. In a preferred embodiment, X1 is —NHC(O)—. Exemplary compounds of formula I include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N-methyl lidocaine, N,N-dimethyl prilocaine, N,N,N-trimethyl tocainide, N-methyl etidocaine, N-methyl ropivacaine, N-methyl bupivacaine, N-methyl levobupivacaine, N-methyl mepivacaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1. Compounds of formula I include QX-314 (CAS 21306-56-9) and QX-222 (CAS 21236-55-5) (below).
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00012
  • In formula II, each of R2A, R2B, and R2C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, OR2I, NR2JR2K, NR2LC(O)R2M, S(U)R2N, SO2R2OR2P, SO2NR2QR2R, SO3R2S, CO2R2T, C(O)R2U, and C(O)NR2VR2W; and each of R2I, R2J, R2K, R2L, R2M, R2N, R2O, R2P, R2Q, R2R, R2S, R2T, R2U, R2V, R2W is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; X2 is selected from —CR2XR2Y—, —NR2ZC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR2AA—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R2X, R2Y, R2Z, and R2AA is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; R2D is selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; R2E is H or C1-4 alkyl; and each of R2F, R2G, and R2H is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; or R2F and R2G together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms. Where R2F and R2G form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms, the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00013
  • where R2H is H or CH3. Desirably, R2F and R2G combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. In a preferred embodiment, X2 is —NHC(O)—. Exemplary compounds of formula II include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as desethyl-N-guanidyl lidocaine, N-guanidyl prilocaine, N-guanidyl tocainide, desethyl-N-guanidyl etidocaine, desbutyl-N-guanidyl ropivacaine, desbutyl-N-guanidyl bupivacaine, desbutyl-N-guanidyl levobupivacaine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl mepivacaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 2-5.
  • The guanidyl derivatives described herein (e.g., the compounds of formula II) are presented in their uncharged base form. These compounds can be administered either as a salt (i.e., an acid addition salt) or in their uncharged base form, which undergoes protonation in situ to form a charged moiety.
  • The synthesis of parent drugs of formulas I and II are described in the literature. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 2,441,498 (synthesis of lidocaine), U.S. Pat. No. 3,160,662 (synthesis of prilocaine), DE Patent No. 2235745 (synthesis of tocainide), DE Patent No. 2162744 (synthesis of etidocaine), PCT Publication No. WO85/00599 (synthesis of ropivacaine), U.S. Pat. No. 2,955,111 (synthesis of bupivacaine and levobupivacaine), and U.S. Pat. No. 2,799,679 (synthesis of mepivacaine).
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00014
  • In formula III, n=0-3 and m=0-3, with (n+m)=0-6; each of R3A, R3B, and R3C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, OR3L, NR3MR3N, NR3OC(O)R3P, S(O)R3Q, SO2R3RR3S, SO2NR3TR3U, SO3R3V, CO2R3W, C(O)R3X, and C(O)NR3YR3Z; and each of R3L, R3M, R3N, R3O, R3P, R3Q, R3R, R3S, R3T, R3U, R3V, R3W, R3X, R3Y, R3Z is, independently, selected from H, C1 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; Y3 is selected from —CR3AAR3AB—, —NR3ACC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR3AD—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R3AA, R3AB, R3AC, and R3AD is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each of R3D, R3E, R3F, and R3G is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C2-4 alkaryl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; each of R3H, R3J, and R3K is, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl. The quaternary nitrogen in formula III is identified herein as N′. Exemplary compounds of formula III include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N′-methyl procaine, N′-methyl proparacaine, N′-methyl allocain, N′-methyl encainide, N′-methyl procainamide, N′-methyl metoclopramide. N′-methyl stovaine, N′-methyl propoxycaine, N′-methyl chloroprocaine, N′,N′-dimethyl flecainide, and N′-methyl tetracaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00015
  • In formula IV, n=0-3 and m=0-3, with (n+m)=0-6; each of R4A and R4B is, independently, selected from II, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, OR4L, NR4MR4N, N4OC(O)R4P, S(O)R4Q, SO2R4RR4S, SO2NR4TR4U, SO3R4V, CO2R4W, C(O)R4X, and C(O)NR4YR4Z; and each of R4L, R4MR4N, R4O, R4P, R4Q, R4R, R4S, R4T, R4U, R4V, R4W, R4X, R4Y, and R4Z is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; Y4 is selected from —CR4AAR4AB, —NR4ACC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR4AD—, —CO2-, and —OC(S)—; and each of R4AA, R4AB, R4AC, and R4AD is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each of R4C, R4D, R4E, and R4F is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C2-4 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; X4 is selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and NR4JR4K; each of R4J and R4K is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; and each of R4G, R4H, and R4I is, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl. The quaternary nitrogen in formula IV is identified herein as N″. Exemplary compounds of formula III include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N″,N″,N″-trimethyl procaine, N″,N″,N″-trimethyl proparacaine, N″,N″,N″-trimethyl procainamide, N″,N″,N″-trimethyl metoclopramide, N″,N″,N″-trimethyl propoxycaine, N″,N″,N″-trimethyl chloroprocaine, N″,N″-dimethyl tetracaine, N″,N″,N″-trimethyl benzocaine, and N″,N″,N″-trimethyl butamben. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00016
  • In formula V, n=0-3 and m=0-3, with (n+m)=0-6; each of R5A, R5B and R5C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, OR5M, NR5NR5O, NR5PC(O)R5Q, S(O)R5R, S2R5SR5T, SO2NR5UR5V, SO3R5W, CO2R5X, C(O)R5Y, and C(O)NR5ZR5AA; and each of R5M, R5N, R5O, R5P, R5R, R5S, R5T, R5U, R5V, R5W, R5X, R5Y, R5Z, and R5AA is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; Y5 is selected from —CR5ABR5AC—, —NR5ADC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR5AE—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R5AB, R5AC, R5AD, and R5AE is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each of R5D, R5E, R5F, and R5G is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; R5H is H or C1-4 alkyl; and each of R5J, R5K, and R5L is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; or R5J and R5K together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms. Where R5J and R5K form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms, the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00017
  • where R5L is H or CH3. Desirably, R5J and R5K combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. The guanylated nitrogen in formula V is identified herein as N′. Exemplary compounds of formula V include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as such as desethyl-N′-guanidyl procaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl proparacaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl allocain, desmethyl-N′-guanidyl encainide, desethyl-N′-guanidyl procainamide, desethyl-N′-guanidyl metoclopramide, desmethyl-N′-guanidyl stovaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl propoxycaine, desethyl-N′-guanidyl chloroprocaine, N′-guanidyl flecainide, and desethyl-N′-guanidyl tetracaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 2-5.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00018
  • In formula VI, n=0-3 and m=0-3, with (n+m)=0-6; each of R6A and R6B is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, OR6K, NR6LR6M, NR6NC(O)R6O, S(O)R6P, SO2R6QR6R, SO2NR6SR6T, SO3R6U, CO2R6V, C(O)R6W, and C(O)NR6XR6Y; and each of R6K, R6L, R6M, R6N, R6O, R6P, R6Q, R6R, R6S, R6T, R6U, R6V, R6W, R6X, and R6Y is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; Y6 is selected from —CR6ZR6AA—, —NR6ABC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR6AC—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R6Z, R6AA, R6AB, and R6AC is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each of R6C, R6D, R6E, and R6F is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; X6 is selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and NR6ADR6AE; each of R6AD and R6AE is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; R6G is H or C1-4 alkyl; and each of R6H, R6I, and R6J is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; or R6H and R6I together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms. Where R6H and R6I form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms, the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00019
  • where R6J is H or CH3. Desirably, R6H and R6I combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. The guanylated nitrogen in formula V is identified herein as N″. Exemplary compounds of formula VI include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as such as N″-guanidyl procaine, N″-guanidyl proparacaine, N″-guanidyl procainamide, N″-guanidyl metoclopramide, N″-guanidyl propoxycaine, N″-guanidyl chloroprocaine, N″-guanidyl tetracaine, N″-guanidyl benzocaine, and N″-guanidyl butamben. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 2-5.
  • The synthesis of parent drugs of formulas III-VI are described in the literature. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 812,554 (synthesis of procaine), Clinton et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 74:592 (1952) (synthesis ofproparacaine), U.S. Pat. No. 2,689,248 (synthesis of propoxycaine), Hadicke et al., Pharm. Zentralh. 94:384 (1955) (synthesis of chloroprocaine), U.S. Pat. No. 1,889,645 (synthesis of tetracaine), Salkowski et al., Ber. 28:1921 (1895) (synthesis of benzocaine), Brill et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 43:1322 (1921) (synthesis of butamben), U.S. Pat. No. 3,931,195 (synthesis of encainide), Yamazaki et al., J. Pharm. Soc. Japan 73:294 (1953) (synthesis of procainamide), U.S. Pat. No. 3,177,252 (synthesis of metoclopramide), U.S. Pat. No. 3,900,481 (synthesis of flecainide), and Foumeau et al., Bull Sci. Pharmacol. 35:273 (1928) (synthesis of stovaine), each of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00020
  • In formula VII, n=0-3 and m=0-3, with (n+m)=0-6; each of R7A, R7B, and R7C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, OR7L, NR7MR7N, NR7OC(O)R7P, S(O)R7Q, SO2R7RR7S, SO2NR7TR7U, SO3R7V, CO2R7W, C(O)R7X, and C(O)NR7YR7Z; and each of R7L, R7M, R7N, R7O, R7P, R7Q, R7R, R7S, R7T, R7U, R7V, R7W, R7X, R7Y, and R7Z is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; X7 is selected from —CR7AAR7AB—, —NR7ACC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR7AD—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R7AA, R7AB, R7AC, and R7AD is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each of R7D, R7E, R7F, and R7G is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, and C-jo alkheterocyclyl; and each of R7H, R7J, and R7K is, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl. In a preferred embodiment, X7 is —C(O)NH—. Exemplary compounds of formula VII include methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of anesthetic drugs, such as N′-methyl dibucaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Scheme 1.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00021
  • In formula VIII, n=0-3 and m=0-3, with (n+m)=0-6; each of R8A, R8B, and R8C is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, OR8L, NR8MR8N, NR8OC(O)R8P, S(O)R8Q, SO2R8RR8S, SO2NR8TR8U, SO3R8V, CO2R8W, C(O)R8X, and C(O)NR8YR8Z; and each of R8L, R8M, R8N, R8O, R8P, R8Q, R8R, R8S, R8T, R8U, R8V, R8W, R8X, R8Y, and R8Z is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; X8 is selected from —CR8AAR8AB, —NR8AC(O)—, —OC(O)—, —SC(O)—, —C(O)NR8AD—, —CO2—, and —OC(S)—; and each of R8AA, R8AB, R8AC, and R8AD is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; each of R8D, R8E, R8F, and R8G is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C2-6 heterocyclyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-14 alkaryl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; R8H is H or C1-4 alkyl; and each of R8I, R8J, and R8K is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; or R8I and R8J together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms. Where R8I and R8J form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms, the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00022
  • where R8K is H or CH3. Desirably, R8I and R8J combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. The guanylated nitrogen in formula V is identified herein as N′. In a preferred embodiment, X8 is —C(O)NH—. Exemplary compounds of formula VIII include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH2 derivatives) of anesthetic drugs, such as such as desethyl-N-guanidyl dibucaine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 2-5.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00023
  • In formula IX, n=0-6; each of R9A, R9B, R9C, R9D, and R9E is, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, OR9I, NR9JR9K, NR9LC(O)R9M, S(O)R9N, SO2R9OR9P, SO2NR9QR9R, SO3R9S, CO2R9T, C(O)R9U and C(O)NR9VR9W; and each of R9I, R9J, R9K, R9L, R9M, R9N, R9O, R9P, R9Q, R9R, R9S, R9T, R9U, R9V, and R9W is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; X9 is selected from —CR9XR9Y—, —O—, —S—, and —NR9Z—; and each of R9X, R9Y, and R9Z is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; Y9 is NR9AANR9ABNR9AC or NR9ADZ9; each of R9AA, R9AB, and R9AC is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, and C2-4 alkynyl; R9AD is H or C4 alkyl; Z9 is
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00024
  • and
    each of R9F, R9G, and R9N is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, and C2-4 alkynyl, or R9F and R9G together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms. Where R9F and R9G form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms, the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00025
  • where R9H is H or CH3. Desirably, R9F and R9G combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. In a preferred embodiment. X9=—O—. Exemplary compounds of formula IX include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH2 derivatives), such as N-guanidyl fluoxetine, and methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives, such as N,N-dimethyl fluoxetine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 1-5.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00026
  • In formula X, W3 is O, NH, NCH2R10J, NC(O)CH2R10J, CHCH2R10J, C═CHR10J, or C═CHR10K; W1-W2 is S, O, OCHR10K, SCHR10K, N═CR10K, CHR10L—CHR10K, or CR10L═CR10K; each of R10A, R10B, R10C, R10D, R10E, R10F, R10G, and R10H is, independently, selected from H, OH, halide, C1-4 alkyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl; R10J is CH2CH2X10A or CH(CH3)CH2X10A; R10L is H or OH; R10K is H, OH, or the group:
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00027
  • X10A is NR10MR10NR10P, or NR10QX10C; X10B is NR10RR10S, or NX10C; each of R10M, R10N, R10P, R10R, and R10S is, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl, or R10R, and R10S together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom; R10Q is H or C1-4 alkyl; X10C is
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00028
  • each of R10T, R10U, and R10V is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, and C2-4 alkynyl, or R10T and R10V together complete a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms. Where R10T and R10V form a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms, the resulting guanidine group is, desirably, selected from
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00029
  • where R10U is H or CH3. Desirably. R10T and R10V combine to form an alkylene or alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. Exemplary compounds of formula X include N-guanidyl derivatives (e.g., —C(NH)NH2 derivatives) and methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives. N-guanidyl derivatives of formula X include, without limitation. N-guanidyl amoxapine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl trimipramine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl dothiepin, desmethyl-N-guanidyl doxepin, desmethyl-N-guanidyl amitriptyline, N-guanidyl protriptyline, N-guanidyl desipramine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl clomipramine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl clozapine, desmcthyl-N-guanidyl loxapine, N-guanidyl nortriptyline, desmethyl-N-guanidyl cyclobenzaprine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl cyproheptadine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl olopatadine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl promethazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl trimeprazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl chlorprothixene, desmethyl-N-guanidyl chlorpromazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl propiomazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl prochlorperazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl thiethylperazine, desmethyl-N-guanidyl trifluoperazine, desethyl-N-guanidyl ethacizine, and desmethyl-N-guanidyl imipramine. Methylated quaternary ammonium derivatives of formula X include, without limitation, N,N-dimethyl amoxapine, N-methyl trimipramine, N-methyl dothiepin, N-methyl doxepin, N-methyl amitriptyline, N,N-dimethyl protriptyline, N,N-dimethyl desipramine, N-methyl clomipramine, N-methyl clozapine, N-methyl loxapine, N,N-dimethyl nortriptyline, N-methyl cyclobenzaprine, N-methyl cyproheptadine, N-methyl olopatadine, N-methyl promethazine, N-methyl trimeprazine, N-methyl chlorprothixene, N-methyl chlorpromazine, N-methyl propiomazine, N-methyl moricizine, N-methyl prochlorperazine, N-methyl thiethylperazine, N-methyl fluphenazine, N-methyl perphenazine, N-methyl flupenthixol, N-methyl acetophenazine, N-methyl trifluoperazine, N-methyl ethacizine, and N-methyl imipramine. These derivatives can be prepared using methods analogous to those described in Schemes 1-5.
  • Other ion channel blockers that can contain an amine nitrogen which can be guanylated or quaternized as described herein include, without limitation, orphenadrine, phenbenzamine, bepridil, pimozide, penfluridol, flunarizine, fluspirilene, propiverine, disopyramide, mcthadonc, tolterodine, tridihexethyl salts, tripelennamine, mepyramine, brompheniramine, chlorpheniramine, dexchlorpheniramine, carbinoxamine, levomethadyl acetate, gallopamil, verapamil, devapamnil, tiapamil, emopamnil, dyclonine, pramoxine, lamotrigine, fendiline, mibefradil, gabapentin, amiloride, diltiazem, nifedipine, nimodipine, nitrendipine, cocaine, mexiletine, propafenone, quinidine, oxethazaine, articaine, riluzole, bencyclane, lifadizine, and strychnine. Still other ion channel blockers can be modified to incorporate a nitrogen atom suitable for quaternization or guanylation. These ion channel blockers include, without limitation, fosphenytoin, ethotoin, phenytoin, carbamazepine, oxearbazepine, topiramate, zonisamide, and salts of valproic acid.
  • Examples of these channel blockers, including still other derivatives that can be quaternized or guanylated according to the methods described herein are provided in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    No. Channel Blocker Exemplary References
    1 orphenadrine U.S. Pat. No. 2,567,351 (see, e.g., the
    compounds of Examples 1-6 and the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 10-24).
    U.S. Pat. No. 2,991,225 (see, e.g., the
    structure shown at col. 1, line 25).
    2 phenbenzamine (RP- Passalacqua et al., “Structure and
    2339; Antergan ®), Classification of H1-Antihistamines and
    (RP-Overview of Their Activities,” in
    Histamine and H1-antihistamines in
    Allergic Disease, F.E.R. Simons, Ed.,
    Informa Health Care (2002).
    3 bepridil U.S. Pat. No. 3,962,238 (see, e.g.,
    Formulas I-V and compounds 1-6 of
    Table 1). US RE30577
    4 pimozide See, e.g., Janssen et al., Arzneimittel-
    Forsch. 18: 261, 279, 282 (1968), and
    Journal of Neuroscience, 22(2): 396-403
    (2002)
    5 penfluridol U.S. Pat. No. 3,575,990 (see, e.g., the
    compounds of Formula (I), claims 1-7,
    and Examples I-XXXIII).
    6 flunarizine U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,939 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I) and the compound
    described at col. 5, line 40).
    7 fluspirilene U.S. Pat. No. 3,238,216 (see, e.g., the
    compounds recited in any of claims 1-
    34).
    8 propiverine DD 106643
    9 disopyramide U.S. Pat. No. 3,225,054 (see, e.g., the
    compounds of Examples 1-15 and
    claims 1-3)
    10 methadone DE711069
    U.S. Pat. No. 2,983,757
    11 tolterodine U.S. Pat. No. 5,382,600 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I), the compounds described
    at col. 3, lines 20-39, in Table 1, and in
    claims 1-7)
    12 tridihexethyl salts U.S. Pat. No. 2,913,494 (see, e.g.,
    col. 1, lines 15-22)
    13 tripelennamine U.S. Pat. No. 2,502,151 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I) and the compounds recited
    in claims 1-13)
    14 mepyramine U.S. Pat. No. 2,502,151
    (pyrilamine)
    15 brompheniramine U.S. Pat. No. 2,567,245 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 30-45,
    the compounds of Examples I-XXI, and
    the compounds recited in claims 1-15)
    U.S. Pat. No. 2,676,964 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 5-28,
    the compounds of Examples I-XLIV,
    and the compounds recited in claims 1-
    14)
    U.S. Pat. No. 3,061,517 (see, e.g., the
    formula at col. 1, lines 49-67, and the
    compounds described at col. 2, lines 17-
    19, col. 2, lines 40-43, col. 4, lines 2-7,
    and claims 1-6)
    16 chlorpheniramine U.S. Pat. No. 2,567,245 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 30-45,
    the compounds of Examples I-XXI, and
    the compounds recited in claims 1-15)
    U.S. Pat. No. 2,676,964 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 5-28,
    the compounds of Examples I-XLIV,
    and the compounds recited in claims 1-
    14)
    17 dexchlorpheniramine U.S. Pat. No. 3,061,517 (see, e.g., the
    formula at col. 1, lines 49-67, and the
    compounds described at col. 2, lines 17-
    19, col. 2, lines 40-43, col. 4, lines 2-7,
    and claims 1-6)U.S. Pat. No.
    2,766,174 (see, e.g., the formula
    described at col. 1, lines 41-72)
    18 carbinoxamine U.S. Pat. No. 2,606,195 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 7-24,
    Examples I-VIII, and in claims 1-3)
    U.S. Pat. No. 2,800,485
    GB 905993
    19 levomethadyl acetate Pohland et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.
    71: 460 (1949)
    20 gallopamil U.S. Pat. No. 3,261,859 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I), Examples 1-28, and claims
    1-19)
    Theodore et al., J. Org. Chem. 52: 1309
    (1987)
    21 verapamil U.S. Pat. No. 3,261,859 (see, e.g.,
    Formulas (I) and (IV), Examples 1-28,
    and claims 1-19)
    22 devapamil Godfraind, Calcium Channel Blockers,
    23 tiapamil Birkhauser Verlag (January 2004).
    24 emopamil
    25 dyclonine Pofft, Chem. Tech. (Berlin)
    4: 241 (1952)
    26 pramoxine U.S. Pat. No. 2,870,151 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 18-25,
    and the compounds of Examples I-XII
    and claims 1-13).
    27 lamotrigine EP21121
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,602,017 (see, e.g.,
    Formulas (I)-(III) and the compounds
    described at col. 2, line 63-col. 3, line
    12, Examples 1-5, and claims 1-2)
    28 mibefradil U.S. Pat. No. 4,808,605 (see, e.g.,
    Formula I described at col. 1, lines 10-
    33 and the compounds described at col.
    3, line 58-col. 7, line 6, Examples 1-41,
    and claims 1-15).
    29 gabapentin U.S. Pat. No. 4,024,175 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I) described at col. 1, lines 5-
    17, Examples 1-12, and claims 1-11)
    30 amiloride U.S. Pat. No. 3,313,813 (see, e.g., the
    compounds described at col. 1, line 13-
    col. 2, line 55, Examples 1-205, and
    claims 1-31)
    31 diltiazem U.S. Pat. No. 3,562,257 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I) described at col. 1, lines 39-
    64, and the compounds described at col.
    2, lines 15-30, Tables 1-3, and claims
    1-43)
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,552,695 (see, e.g., the
    compound of Formula (I))
    32 nifedipine U.S. Pat. No. 3,485,847 (see, e.g., the
    Formula described at col. 1, line 40-col.
    2, line 6, the compounds of Examples
    1-6, and claims 1-27)
    33 nimodipine U.S. Pat. No. 3,799,934 (see, e.g., the
    Formula described at col. 1, lines 39-
    69, the compounds described at col. 4,
    line 50-col. 5, line 16, Examples 1-53,
    and claims 1-13)
    34 nitrendipine
    35 mexiletine U.S. Pat. No. 3,954,872 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I) described at col. 1, lines 14-
    35, and the compounds of Examples 1-
    6 and claims 1-4)
    36 propafenone DE2001431 (see, e.g., claims 1-4)
    37 quinidine Turner et al., The Alkaloids,
    Vol. 3, 1-63 (1953)
    Mason et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.
    432: 162-176 (1984)
    38 oxethazaine U.S. Pat. No. 2,780,646 (see, e.g., the
    formula described at col. 1, lines 18-42,
    and the compounds of Examples 1-14
    and claims 1-8)
    39 articaine Becker et al., Anesth Prog. 53(3): 98-
    109 (Fall 2006)
    40 riluzole U.S. Pat. No. 4,370,338 (see, e.g., the
    compound described at col. 1, line 15)
    41 bencyclane HU 151865
    42 lifarizine Grauert et al., J. Med. Chem.
    45(17): 3755-3764 (2002)
    43 strychnine Makarevich et al., “Quaternary salts of
    alkaloids,” Vol. 42, pages 473-476,
    Chemistry of Natural Compounds,
    Springer New York: 2006.
    44 fendiline U.S. Pat. No. 3,262,977 (see, e.g.,
    Formula (I), Examples 1-9, and the
    compounds of claims 1-9)
    • Calcium-Channel Blockers
  • Exemplary cationic calcium channel blockers include D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, and dodecyltrimethylammonium. Other exemplary compounds include any charged derivative, e.g., a quarternary amine derivative, of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, terpene compounds (e.g., sesquiterpenes) such as those described in Norman et al. Agricultural and Biological Chemistry 49(10):2893-8 (1985), and other inhibitors of calcium channels (see, for example, Triggle, European Journal of Pharmacology, 375:311-325 (1999), Eller et al., British Journal of Pharmacology, 130:669-677 (2000), and Yamamoto et al., Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry, 9:377-395 (2009), which can be prepared according to the methods described herein.
  • For example, Yamamoto et al. provides the following N-type calcium channel blockers (Table 2), which can be modified (e.g., quaternized or guanylated) according to the methods described herein.
  • TABLE 2
    No. Channel Blocker Exemplary References
    45
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00030
         		Yamamoto et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 14: 5333-5339 (2006).
    46
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00031
         		Yamamoto et al, Bioorg. Med Chem. Lett. 16: 798-802 (2006).
    47
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00032
         		Yamamoto et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 18: 4813- 4815 (2008).
    48
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00033
         		See, e.g., WO08143263 and EP2149560 (e.g., Formula (I), the compounds of Tables 6- 35, 43-110, 126-127, and the compounds of claims 1-6)
    49
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00034
         		Miller et al., Soc. Neurosci. Abstr. 25(Part 2): 896.3 (1999)
    50
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00035
         		WO0236567 (see, e.g., formulas I-IV, the compounds of Table 2 (Examples 1-111), and claims 1-5)
    51
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00036
         		Zhang et al,, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 587: 24-47 (2008)
    52
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00037
         		Baell et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 12: 4025-4037 (2004)
    53
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00038
         		Yamamoto et al., 22nd National Meeting of American Chemical Society, American Chemical Scoiety: Washington, DC: Chicago, IL 2001; Kaneda et al, Soc. Neurosci.
    Abstr. 27: 332.15 (2001);
    Niidome et al., Soc. Neurosci.
    Abstr. 27: 332.14 (2001); and
    Suzuki et al., Bioorg. Med.
    Chem. Lett. 13: 919-922
    (2003).
    54 E-2051 Kaneda, Soc. Neurosci. Abstr.
    28: 490.1 (2002)
    55
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00039
         		WO07110449 (see, e.g., Formulas I-XIII, the compounds described at Paragraphs [0181]-[0183] and Examples 1-14, and claims 1- 72)
    56
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00040
         		WO06040181 (see, e.g., Formulas I-X, the compounds described at Paragraphs [0105]-[0109] and Examples 1-37, and in claims 1-56)
    57
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00041
         		WO07118853 (see, e.g.. Formulas I-XIII, the compounds described at Paragraph [0320] and Examples 1-19, and the compounds of claims 1-165)
    58
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00042
         		WO07085357 (see, e.g., Formulas I-VII, the compounds described at Paragraphs [0065]-[0067], Examples 1-6, and claims 1-16)
    59
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00043
         		WO07028638 (see, e.g., Formulas I-XXVI, the compounds described at Paragraphs [0119]-[0123], Examples 1-24, and claims 1-20
    60
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00044
         		WO07118854 (see, e.g., Formulas I-VII and the compounds of Examples 1-11 and claims 1-36)
    61
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00045
         		WO08008398 (see, e.g., Formulas I, I′, I″, II, and II′; Examples 1-377. and claims 1-7)
    62
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00046
         		WO08150447 (see. e.g., Formulas I, I′, I″, and the compounds of Examples 1- 135 and claims 1-5
    63
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00047
         		Knutsen et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 17: 662-667 (2007)
    64
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00048
         		O’Neill, Brain Res. 888: 138- 149 (2001); Hicks et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 408: 241-248 (2000)
    65
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00049
         		WO07084394 (see, e.g., the compounds of Formulas I and Ia-Ig, and the compounds of Examples 1-11 and claims 1 and 2)
    66
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00050
         		WO08066803 (see, e.g., Formulas I and II, the compound of Example 1, and claims 1-11)
    67
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00051
         		WO07075524 (see, e.g., Formulas (I), (Ia)-(Ie), the compounds of Examples 1- 184, and claims 1-16)
    68
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00052
         		WO08133867 (see, e.g., Formulas (I) and (II), the compounds of Examples 1-163, and claims 1-16)
    69
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00053
         		WO01045709 (see, e.g., Formula (1), the compounds of Example 4, and claims 24- 38) WO06105670 (see, e.g., Formula (1), the compounds described at Paragraphs [0065] and [0066], and claims 1-13)
    70
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00054
         		WO04089377 (see, e.g., Formula (1), Examples 1-5 original claims 1-13, and amended claims 1-17)
    71
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00055
         		WO07071035 (see, e.g., Formula (1), the compounds of Examples 1-18, and claims 20-35)
    72
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00056
         		WO08043183 (see, e.g., Formulas (1) and (2), the compounds of Examples 1-16, and claims 16-28)
    73
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00057
         		WO04089922 (see, e.g., Formulas (1)-(4), the compounds of Examples 1-9, claims 1-17, and the compounds of FIG. 1)
    74
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00058
         		WO04105750 (see, e.g., Formulas (1)-(8), the compounds of Examples 1-10, claims 1-23, and FIG. 1)
    75
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00059
         		WO08031227 (see, e.g., Formulas (1) and (2), the compounds of Examples 1-20, and claims 21-37)
    76
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00060
         		Tatsumi et al., Jpn. J. Pharmacol. 73: 193 (1997); Aoki et al., Brain Res. 890: 162-169 (2001); Katsumata et al., Brain Res. 969: 168-174 (2003); Tamura et al., Brain Res. 890: 170-176 (2001); Shi et al., J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. Surg. 129: 364- 371 (2005); Small, IDrugs, 3: 460-465 (2000); Suma et al., Jpn. J. Pharmacol. 73: 193 (1997); Shimidzu et al., Naunyn
    Schmiedebergs Arch.
    Pharamcol. 355: 601-608
    (1997); and
    Suma et al., Eur. J.
    Pharmacol. 336: 283-290
    (1997).
    77
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00061
         		Seko et al, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 11: 2067-2070 (2001)
    78
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00062
         		Seko et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 11: 1901-1913 (2003). Seko et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12: 915-918 (2002)
    79
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00063
         		Seko et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 12: 2267-2269 (2002)
    80
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00064
         		Menzler et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 10: 345-347 (2000)
    81
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00065
         		Malone et al., 217th National Meeting of the American Chemical Society, American Chemical Society: Washington DC: Anaheim CA 1999; Hu et al., J. Med. Chem. 42: 4239-4249 (1999)
    82
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00066
         		Hu et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 907-912 (1999)
    83
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00067
         		Hu et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 2151-2156 (1999) Ryder et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 1813-1818 (1999)
    84
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00068
         		Hu et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 1121-1126 (1999)
    85
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00069
         		Bennett et al., Pain 33: 87-107 (1988)
    86
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00070
         		Hu et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 8: 1203-1212 (2000)
    87
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00071
         		Hu et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. 8: 1203-1212 (2000)
    88
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00072
         		Hu et al., J. Med. Chem. 42: 4239-4249 (1999)
    89
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00073
         		Schelkun et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 2447-2452 (1999).
    90
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00074
         		Yuen et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 8: 2415-2418 (1998)
    91
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00075
         		Song et al., J. Med. Chem. 43: 3474-3477 (2000)
    92
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00076
         		WO07125398 (see, e.g., Formula (I), the compounds of Examples 1-29, and claims 1-9)
    93
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00077
         		WO08124118 (see, e.g., Formula I-VI, the compounds of Paragraphs [0129] and Examples 1-5, and claims 1- 42)
    94
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00078
         		Campbell et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 401: 419-428 (2000)
    95
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00079
         		Teodori et al., J. Med. Chem. 47: 6070-6081 (2004)
    96
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00080
         		Teodori et al., J. Med. Chem. 47: 6070-6081 (2004)
    97
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00081
         		Schroeder et al., Mol. Divers. 8: 127-134 (2004).
    98
    Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00082
         		WO06030211 (see, e.g., Formula (I), the compounds described at page 9, line 17- page 15, line 12, Examples 1- 99, and claims 1-12)
  • Farnesyl Amine Compounds
  • Compounds having a structure according to Formula (XI) can also be used in the invention as calcium channel blockers.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00083
  • where each R11A, R11B, and R11C is selected, independently, from H or C1-4 alkyl, and where 0, 1, 2, or 3 of the dashed bonds represents a carbon-carbon double bond (i.e., compounds of Formula (XI) can include 0, 1, 2, or 3 double bonds), provided that when 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds are present, the double bonds are not adjacent to one another. Compounds that include 0, 1, or 2 double bonds can be prepared according to methods known in the literature, e.g., partial or total hydrogenation of the parent triene.
  • In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (XI) can be represented by the following formula (XI-A),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00084
  • where each R11A, R11B, R11C, and X is according to Formula (XI), and where each dashed bond represents an optional carbon-carbon double bond.
    Still other farnesyl amine compounds can include those compounds that have a structure according to Formula (XI-B),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00085
  • where each R11A, R11B, R11C, and X is according to Formula (XI).
  • Exemplary compounds of Formula (XI) include
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00086
  • Cysteine-Derived Compounds
  • Amino acid derivatives, e.g., those described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,166,590 or in Seko et al., Bioorg. Med Chem. Lett. 11(16):2067-2070 (2001), each of which is herein incorporated by reference, can also be used in the invention. For example, compounds having a structure according to Formula (XII) can be N-type calcium channel blockers.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00087
  • wherein each of R12A, R12B, R12C, and R12D is, independently, selected from Cf-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; or R12A and R12B together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom, n is an integer between 1-5, each of R12E and R12F is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, or C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, and X is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
  • Exemplary compounds of Formula (XII) include
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00088
  • Flunarizine and Related Compounds
  • Still other compounds that can be used in the invention are charged derivatives of flunarizine and related compounds (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,883,271 and 3,773,939, as well as Zamponi et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 19: 6467 (2009)), each of which is hereby incorporated by reference. For example, compounds according to Formulas (XIII-A), (XIII-B), and (XIII-C) can be prepared according to, e.g., Zamponi et al., and used in the invention,
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00089
  • where each R13A-R13J and R13O-R13T is selected, independently, from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR13AA, NR13ABR13AC, NR13ADC(O)R13AE, S(O)R13AF, SO2R13AGR13AH, SO2NR13AIR13AJ, SO3R13AK, CO2R13AL, C(O)R13AM, and C(O)NR13ANR13AO; and each of R13AA-R13AO is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl;
  • each R13K, R13L, R13M, and R13N is, independently, H or C1-4 alkyl, or R13K and R13L, or R13M and R13N, combine to form C═O, or R13K and R13M combine to form C═C;
  • R13Y is H or C1-4 alkyl;
  • R13Z and R13Z′ are, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
  • X− is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
  • Exemplary compounds according to Formulas (XIII-A)-(XIII-C) include
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00090
    • Mibefradil Derivatives
  • Derivatives of mibrefradil, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,808,605, hereby incorporated by reference can also be used. Exemplary mibrefadil derivatives include compounds of Formula (XIV),
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00091
  • where
  • n is an integer between 0-5;
  • R14A is heterocyclyl (e.g., a heteroaryl such as benzimidazole),
  • each of R14B, R14C, R14D, and R14E is, independently, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
  • R14F is selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR14G, NR14HR14I, NR14JC(O)R14K, S(O)R14L, SO2R14MR14N, SO2NR14OR14P, SO3R14O, CO2R14R, C(O)R14S, and C(O)NR14TR14V; and each of R14G-R13AO is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl.
  • An exemplary compound of Formula (XIV) is
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00092
  • 4-Piperidinylaniline Compounds
  • Charged derivatives of 4-piperidinylaniline compounds (e.g., Compounds (86)-(88) of Table 2) can be prepared according to methods known in the literature and described herein. For example, charged N-alkyl derivatives (e.g., N-methyl) of Compounds (86)-(88) can be prepared and used in the compositions, methods, and kits described herein.
  • Still other channel blockers that can be quaternized or guanylated according to the methods described herein are described, for example, in PCT Publication No. WO 2004/093813 (see, e.g., Tables 5, 6, and 8), which is herein incorporated by reference. For example, the channel blockers shown in Table 3 can be quaternized or guanylated as described herein.
  • TABLE 3
    No. Channel Blocker Exemplary References
    105 Isradipine
    106 Nickel Chloride
    107 A-53930A JP 08208690
    108 AE-0047 Watanidipine EP 00424901
    dihydrochloride
    109 AGN-190604 Inflammation, 19(2): 261-275
    (1995)
    110 AGN-190744 EP372940
    111 AH-1058 European Journal of
    Pharmacology, 398(1): 107-112
    (2000)
    112 AHR 5360C European Journal of
    Pharmacology 146(2-3): 215-22
    (1988)
    113 AHR 12234 Archives Internationales de
    Pharamcodynamie et de
    Therapie 301: 131-50 (1989)
    114 AHR-12742 ZA 08604522
    115 AHR-16303B Journal of Cardiovascular
    Pharmacology 17(1): 134-44
    (1991)
    116 AHR-16462B Drug Development Research,
    22(3): 259-271 (1991)
    117 AIT 110
    118 AIT 111
    119 AJ 2615 WO 8601203 A1
    120 AJ-3941 Arzneimittel Forschung
    46(6): 567-71 (1996)
    121 (+)-alismol JP 04077420 A2
    122 AM-336 (synthetic version of WO9954350
    CVID marine cone snail venom)
    123 AM 543
    124 amlodipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,572,902
    125 S-(−)amlodipine GB 2233974 A1
    126 AN 132 EP 196648
    127 animpamil LU 42668 EP 64158 A1
    128 antioquine (alkaloid Journal of natural Products
    from stem bark) 55(9): 1281-6 (1992)
    129 AP-1067 IDDB 268934
    130 AQ-AH-208 CH 645628 A
    131 AR 12456 (derivative of BE 902218 A1
    trapidil) Cardiovascular Drug Reviews
    9(4): 385-397 (1991)
    132 aranidipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,446,325
    133 atosiban EP 00112809
    134 azenidipine CS 905 EP 88266922
    135 B 84439 EP 240828
    136 barnidipine (derivative of U.S. Pat. No. 4,220,649
    nicardipine) DE 02904552
    137 BAY-E-6927 DE 2117571
    138 BAY-K-9320 EP 9206
    139 BAY-T-7207
    140 BBR-2160 EP 28204 A2
    141 BDF 8784 EP 25111
    142 belfosdil/BMY 21891/SR7037 EP 173041 A1
    143 Bencylealne/EGYT-201 FR 151193
    144 benipidine/KW3049/Nakadipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,448,964
    145 bepridil U.S. Pat. No. 3,962,238
    146 bisaramil/RGH 2957 WO 9622096
    147 BK 129 Methods and Findings in
    Experimental and Clinical
    Pharamcology 14(3): 175-81
    (1992)
    148 BMS-181102 EP 559569
    149 BMS-188107 U.S. Pat. No. 5,070,088
    150 BMY 20014 DE 3512995 A1
    151 BMY 20064 DE 3512995 A1
    152 BMY-43011 Bioorganic and Medicinal
    Chemistry Letters, 3(12): 2817-
    2820 (1993)
    153 BN 50149 WO 9323082
    154 BN 50175 WO 9323082
    155 BN 50394 WO 9323082
    156 BR 1022 Current Science 83(4): 426-431
    (2002)
    157 BRL 3287A WO 9323082
    158 BRL-32872 WO 09323024
    159 buflomedil U.S. Pat. No. 4,326,083
    160 butoprozine DE 2707048
    161 CAF 603 Organic and Bioorganic
    Chemistry, 22: 3349: 52 (1994)
    162 calciseptine (venom WO 2000 069900
    polypeptide)
    163 calcium antagonists WO 9205165
    164 calcium channel antagonists WO 00236586
    WO 0236567
    165 calcium channel blocker (L- Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
    type) 39(15): 2922-2938 (1996)
    166 calcium channel blockers EP 400665 A2
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,356
    167 calcium channel blockers WO 9526325
    168 carvedilol U.S. Pat. No. 4,503,067
    169 caryachine British Journal of
    Pharmacology, 116(8): 3211-8
    (1995)
    170 CD-349 EP 92936 A1
    171 CD-832 EP 00370821
    172 CER-2 metabolite of furnipidine WO 9919302
    173 cerebrocrast DE 3534385
    174 CERM 11956 EP 138684
    175 CERM-12816 IDDB 283075
    176 CGP 22442 WO 9323082
    177 CGP 26797 WO 9323082
    178 CGP 28727 WO 9323082
    179 CGP 32413 WO 9323082
    180 changrolin Sci. Sin. (Engl. Ed.)
    22(10): 1220-8 (1979)
    181 CHF-1521 (combination of
    delapril and manidipine)
    182 cilnidipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,672,068
    183 cinnarizine U.S. Pat. No. 3,799,934
    184 civamide WO 9640079
    U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,762
    185 clentiazem/TA3090 EP 00127882
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,567,175
    186 clevidipine WO 9512578
    187 CNS-1067 IDdb 211675
    188 CNS-1237 Annals of the New York
    Academy of Sciences, 765
    (Neuroprotective
    Agents): 210-29 (1995)
    189 CNS-2103 (from spider venom) WO 9214709 A2
    190 COR 28-22 WO 9323082
    191 COR 2707C WO 9323082
    192 COR 3752C WO 9323082
    193 CP-060S WO 9500471 A1
    194 CPC-301 IDdb 231888
    195 CPC 304 IDdb 185705
    196 CPC-317 IDdb 185700
    197 CPU 23 Yaoxue Xuebao, 25(11): 815-23
    (1990)
    CAN 114: 143097
    198 CPU-86017 EP 00538844
    199 CRE 202 WO 9323082
    200 CRE 204 WO 9323082
    201 CRE 1005 WO 9323082
    202 CRL-42752 WO 00003987
    203 cronidipine (LF 2-0254) EP 240398 A1
    204 CV 159 FR 2511370 A1
    205 D-2024 (verapamil(S)) WO 09509150
    206 D 2603 WO 9323082
    207 dagapamil WO 9323082
    EP 64158 A1
    208 darodipine PY108068 EP 00000150
    209 dauricine NSC 36413 Acta Pharmacologica Sinica
    7(6): 543-7 (1986)
    210 desmethyl verapamil
    211 DHM 9 WO 8604581 A1
    212 DHP 218/PAK 9 EP 00121117
    213 diclofurime DE 79-29227999
    214 dihydropyridine calcium Journal of Medicinal Chemistry
    channel blockers 41(4): 509-514 (1998)
    215 diltiazem U.S. Pat. No. 3,562,257
    216 diperdipine EP 00218996
    217 diptluzine DE 3318577 A1
    218 diproteverine BRL 40015 BE 866208
    219 dopropidil EP 00031771
    220 dotarizinc/FI 6026 U.S. Pat. No. 4,883,797
    221 DTZ-323 Molecular Pharmacology,
    51(2): 262-268 (1997)
    222 E-2050 JP 2001199949 A2
    223 E 4080 EP 344577 A2
    224 efonidipine hydrochloride U.S. Pat. No. 4,885,284
    225 EG 1088 EP 56637 A1
    226 EGIS 3966 DE 4027052 A1
    227 eglodipine DE 3825962 A1
    228 emopamil (racemic) SZ 45 DE 3344755 A1
    229 (S)-emopamil DE 3344755 A1
    230 enalapril_nitrendipine, EP 00884054
    Vita-Inveest
    231 etafenonee LG 11457 DE 1265758
    232 ethosuximide
    233 eugenodilol JP 11255719 A2
    234 evodiamine JP 52077098
    235 F-0401 EP 00320984
    236 falipamil AQA 39 Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
    33(5): 1496-504 (1990)
    237 fantofarone SR 33557 EP 235111 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,957,925
    238 fasudil (iv formulation), U.S. Pat. No. 4,678,783
    Asahi
    239 FCE-24265 EP 373645 A1
    240 FCE-26262
    241 FCE-27335
    242 FCE-27892
    243 FCE-28718 EP 00755931
    244 fedopamil
    245 felodipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,264,611
    246 felodipine + ramipril WO 09607400
    (Astra/Aventis)
    247 fendiline U.S. Pat. No. 3,262,977
    248 feniline
    249 flezelastine, D 18024 EP 590551 A2
    250 flordipine
    251 fluodipine U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,939
    252 fluphenazine, S94 Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
    SQ 4918 19(6): 850-2 (1976)
    Triflumethazine
    Vespazine
    253 fostedil KB944 EP 10120
    254 FPL 62129 EP 125803 A2
    255 FR 46171
    256 FR-172516 JP 09040647
    257 FRC 9411
    258 FRG 8653
    259 FRG-8701
    260 furaldipine
    261 fumidipine (CRE 319) Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
    38(15): 2830-41 (1995)
    262 GOE 5057
    263 GOE 5584 A EP 173933 A1
    264 GOE 93007
    265 GR 60139
    266 GR 55234A Haemotalogica,
    (R-enantiomer of 79(4): 328-33
    telupidine) (1994)
    267 GR 55235A Haemotalogica,
    (L-enantiomer of 79(4): 328-33
    telupidine) (1994)
    268 GS-386
    269 GYKI 46544
    270 H32438
    271 HA 22 U.S. Pat. No. 5,240,947
    272 HA 23 U.S. Pat. No. 5,240,947
    273 HA 1004
    274 GA 1077
    275 HE 30346
    276 HNS 32 JP 08311007 A2
    277 HOE 166 Molecular Pharmacology
    33(4): 363-9 (1988)
    278 HOE 263
    279 HP 406 U.S. Pat. No. 4,521,537
    280 ICI 206970 EP 293170 A1
    19881130
    281 iganidipine JP 63225355 A2
    19880920
    282 IHC 72 Acta Pharmaceutica Sinica,
    27(6): 407-11 (1992)
    283 ipenoxazone
    284 isradipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,972
    285 JTV-519 WO 09212148
    286 KB 2796
    287 KP-840 Yakubutsu, Seishin, Kodo,
    12(6): 353 (1992)
    288 KP 873
    289 KT-362 Archiv Der Pharmazie,
    328(4): 313-6 (1995)
    290 KT 2230 General Pharmacology,
    22(3): 443-8 (1991)
    291 KW 3049 (see benipidine)
    292 L-366682 EP 00444898
    293 L-651582
    294 L 735821 WO 9514471 A1
    19950601
    British Journal of
    Pharmacology, 132(1): 101-110
    (2001)
    295 lacidipine GR 43659 U.S. Pat. No. 4,801,599
    Sn305 DE 03529997
    296 LAS 30356
    297 LAS 30398
    298 LAS 30538 Journal of Pharmacy and
    Pharmacology, 44(10: 830-5
    (1992)
    299 LAS Z077
    300 LCB-2514
    301 lemildipine P 59152373 A2
    302 lercanidipine U.S. Pat. No. 4,705,797
    303 leualacin EP 00358418
    304 levosemotiadil SA 3212 WO 08700838
    305 lidoflazine R7904 U.S. Pat. No. 3,267,104
    306 lifarizine RS 87476 US 0435417
    307 LOE-908
    308 lomerizine KB 2796 U.S. Pat. No. 4,663,325
    EP 00158566
    309 LU 49700 (main DE 3642331 A1
    metabolite of
    gallopamil)
    310 LU 49938
    311 LY-042826 European Journal of
    Pharmacology, 408(3): 241-248
    (2000)
    312 LY-393615 European Journal of
    Pharmacology, 408(3): 241-248
    (2000)
    313 manidipine/CV U.S. Pat. No. 4,892,875
    4093/franidipine EP 00094159
    314 MCI 176 (MY7674) EP 169537A2
    315 McN 5691 (see RWJ 26240)
    316 McN-6186
    317 MCN 6497
    318 MD 260792
    319 MDL 143
    320 MDL 12330A
    321 MDL 16582A WO 9323082
    322 MDL 72567 GB 2137622 A1
    19841010
    CAN 102: 95548
    323 MEM 1003/nimopidine
    analog/BAY Z 4406
    324 mepirodipine
    325 mesudipine
    326 mibefradil EP 00268148
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,808,605
    327 minodipine
    328 mioflazine
    329 MJ 14712
    330 monatepil maleate (AD 2615) WO 08601203
    U.S. Pat. No. 4,749,703
    331 MPC 1304
    332 MPC 2101 FR 2514761 A1
    333 MR-14134 Pharmacology, 51(2): 84-95
    (1995)
    334 N-3601 EP 254322 A1
    335 N 20776
    336 N-allyl secoboldine
    337 naltiazem Ro 23-6152 U.S. Pat. No. 4,652,561
    338 NB 818
    339 NC 1100
    340 NC O 700
    341 NCC 09-0026
    342 nexopamil EP 00271013
    343 NH 2250
    344 NH 2716
    345 nicainoprol RU 42924 DE 2934609
    346 nicardipine (nifelan) U.S. Pat. No. 3,985,847
    347 nictiazem
    348 nifedipine U.S. Pat. No. 3,485,847
    349 nigulipine WO 8807525 A1
    350 niludipine
    351 nilvadipine FK 235 U.S. Pat. No. 4,338,322
    DE 02940833
    352 nimodipine U.S. Pat. No. 3,842,096
    353 misoldipine Bay y 5552 U.S. Pat. No. 4,154,839
    354 nitrendipine Bay k 5009 U.S. Pat. No. 3,799,934
    355 NMDA/calcium channel WO 09745115
    antagonists, Allelix
    356 NKY 722
    357 NMED 126 (MC-34D) WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    358 NMED 427 WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    359 NMED 724 WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    360 NMED 826 WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    361 NMED JM-G-10 WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    362 NMED 157 39-1B4 WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    363 NMED 160 39-45-3 WO 0145709 A1
    U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,897
    364 NNC-09-0026 WO 9201672
    365 NP 252 Life Sciences, 48(2): 183-8
    (1991)
    366 NS 626
    367 NS-638 U.S. Pat. No. 5,314,903
    EP 545845 A1
    368 NS-649 EP 520200 A2
    369 NS-696
    370 NS-7 WO 09607641
    371 NS 3034
    372 NZ 105
    373 olradipine S 11568 FR 2602231 A1
    374 ONO-2921 WO 0000470 A1
    375 OPC 13340
    376 OPC 88117 EP 236140 A2
    377 ORG 13020
    378 Org-13061 Fundamental & Clinical
    Pharmacology, 11(5): 416-426
    (1997)
    379 OSAT (nifedipine)
    380 osthole JP 47000430
    381 oxodipine IQB 837V ES 531033 A1
    382 P 0825
    383 P 1268
    384 palonidipine hydrochloride Ep 128010 A2
    385 PCA-50922
    386 PCA-50938 Brain Research 772(1, 2): 57-62
    (1997)
    387 PCA-50941
    388 PCA 50982
    389 PD-0204318 WO 9943658 A1
    390 PD-029361 IDdb 300520
    391 PD 122860 Ep 206747 A2
    392 PD 151307 U.S. Pat. No. 6,423,689
    J. Med. Chem.
    43: 3472 (2000)
    393 PD-157667 U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,129
    394 PD-158143 WO 9705125 A1
    395 PD 173212
    396 PD 175069 WO 9854123 A1
    397 PD 176078 WO 9955688
    J. Med. Chem. 43: 3474 (2000)
    398 PD 181283 Bioorganic & Medicinal
    Chemistry Letters, 9(16): 2453-
    2458 (1999)
    399 pelanserin
    400 perhexiline GB 1025578
    401 petrosynol Tetrahedron, 49(45): 10435-8
    (1993)
    402 PF 244
    403 PFS 1144 (EO 122) DE 2802208
    404 pirmenol U.S. Pat. No. 4,112,103
    405 pirprofurol
    406
    407 PN 200110
    408 PNU 156654E WO 9705102 A1
    409 pranidipine EP 00145434
    410 prenylamine
    411 propiverine DD 106643
    412 ptilomycalin AM
    413 QM 96233
    414 QM 96159
    415 QM 96127
    416 QX 314 Biophysical Journal,
    27(1): 39-55
    (1979)
    417 R 56865 EP 184257 A1
    418 R 59494 Ep 184257 A1
    419 R 71811
    420 Rec 152288
    421 Rec 152375, Rec 15/375
    422 RGH-2716 (TDN 345) EP 414421 A2
    423 RGH 2970
    424 riodipine
    425 Ro-11-2933 EP 00523493
    426 Ro 18-3981
    427 Ro 40-5967
    428 RO 445912 dithiane Biochemical Pharmacology,
    derivatives 50(2): 187-96 (1995)
    of tiapamil
    429 ronipamil
    430 RS-5773 EP 00353032
    431 RS 93007
    432 RS 93522 U.S. Pat. No. 4,595,690
    433 RU-43945 WO 9323082 A1
    434 RWJ-22108 U.S. Pat. No. 04,845,225
    435 RWJ-22726 U.S. Pat. No. 04,845,225
    436 RWJ 26240 McN 5691 EP 146721 A2
    437 RWJ 26899 EP 237191 A1
    438 RJW-26902
    439 RWJ-29009 EP 00493048
    440 RWJ-37868 WO 0048584
    441 ryanodine
    442 S-(−)-amlodipine
    443 S 11568
    444 S 12967 ZA 9000231 A
    445 S-12968 EP 00406502
    446 S-2150 Ep 00615971
    447 S-312-d JP 03052890
    448 S 830327
    449 SA 2572 JP 63104969 A2
    450 SA 2995
    451 SA 3212
    452 sabeluzole Ep 184257 A1
    453 safinamide EP 400495 A1
    454 sagandipine
    455 salicylaldoxime Clinical and Experimental
    Pharmacology and Physiology
    26(12): 964-9 (1999)
    456 SANK-71996
    457 SB-201823A WO 09202502
    458 SB-206284A
    459 SB 221420A WO 9002494 A1
    460 SB-237376 WO 0209761 A2
    461 SB 262470 WO 0183546 A1
    462 SC 30552
    463 SDZ-249482
    464 selodipine
    465 semotiadil (SD 3211) U.S. Pat. No. 4,786,635
    JP 09012576
    466 SIM 6080 Ep 293925 A2
    467 sipatrigine EP 372934 A2
    468 sinomenine (active from a WO 0269971 A1
    Chinese medicinal plant)
    469 siratiazem WO 09117153
    470 SKF-45675
    471 SKF-96365 European Journal of
    Pharmacology 188(6): 417-21
    (1990)
    472 SKT-M-26
    473 SL-34.0829 WO 0209761 A2
    474 SL 651708
    475 SL 851016
    476 SL-870495
    477 SM-6586 EP 00177965
    478 SNX-124
    479 SNX 185 WO 9310145 A1
    480 SNX-236 WO 09313128
    481 SNX-239 Pain, 60(1): 83-90 (1995)
    482 SNX-483 (peptides from WO 9805780 A2
    tarantula venom)
    483 sornidipine
    484 SQ 31486 EP 205334 A2
    485 SQ 31727
    486 SQ 31765
    487 SQ 32321
    488 SQ 32324
    489 SQ 32547 EP 400665 A2
    490 SQ 32926 EP 400665 A2
    491 SQ-33351 WO 09006118
    492 SQ 33537
    493 SQ 34399
    494 SR-33805 EP 576347 A1
    495 SUN 5647
    496 SUN 6087
    497 SUN-N8075 WO 9923072 A2
    498 T-477 EP 00441539
    499 TA-993 JP 01050872
    500 taludipine
    501 tamolarizine EP 00354068
    502 TDN-345
    503 Teczem
    504 temiverine CAN 131: 193592
    505 terflavoxate EP 72620 A1
    506 terodiline TD 758 U.S. Pat. No. 3,371,014
    507 tetrandrine Clinical and Experimental
    Pharmacology and Physiology,
    23(8): 715-753 (1996)
    508 TH-1177
    509 TH-9229 WO 09607415
    510 thapsigargin British Journal of
    Pharmacology, 95(3): 705-712
    (1985)
    511 tiapamil
    512 tinctormine Chemical & Pharmaceutical
    Bulletin 40(12): 3355-7 (1992)
    513 TJN 220 JP 63179878 A2
    (O-ethylfangchinoline)
    514 TMB 8 Journal of Cell Science
    79: 151-160 (1985)
    515 TN-871 European Journal of
    Pharmacology 342 (2/3): 167-
    175 (1998)
    516 TR 2957
    517 trapidil
    518 trimetazidine U.S. Pat. No. 3,262,852
    519 TY 10835 Pharmacometrics, 1998, 54: 3
    (153)
    520 U-88999 WO 9204338
    521 U-92032 WO 09204338
    522 U-92798 WO 9204338 A1
    523 UK 1745 EP 653426 A1
    524 UK-51656 EP 00089167
    525 UK 52831 JP 59118782 A2
    526 UK 55444 EP 00132375
    527 UK 56593
    528 UK-84149 EP 404359 A1
    529 ULAH 99 European Journal of
    Pharmacology, 229(1): 55-62
    (1992)
    530 vantanipidine EP 257616 A2
    531 verapamil, verelan U.S. Pat. No. 3,261,859
    532 S-verapamil, D-2024, WO 09509150
    levoverapamil
    533 vexibinol Sophoraflavanone G Chemical and Pharmaceutical
    Bulletin 38(4): 1039-44 (1990)
    534 vinigrol
    535 vintoperol RGH 2981 RT 303 WO 9207851
    536 vingrol
    537 vintoperol/RGH 2981/RT 303 WO 9207851
    538 VUF-8929 EP 467435 A2
    539 VULM 993
    540 vantanipidine Ep 257616 A2
    541 W 787
    542 WAS 4206
    543 WK 269
    544 WY 27569
    545 WY 44644
    546 WY 44705
    547 WY 46622
    548 WY 47324
    549 xanthonolol U.S. Pat. No. 5,495,005
    550 Y 19638
    551 Y-22516 WO 9323082
    552 Y 208835
    553 YC 114
    554 YH-334 EP 00366548
    555 YM 15430-1 (see YM 430)
    556 YM-16151-4 (YM 151) EP 00167371
    557 YM-430 (YM 15430) WO 0209761 A2
    558 YS 035 BE 897244
    559 YS 161
    560 Z-6568 Journal of Mass Spectrometry,
    31(1): 37-46 (1996)
    561 ziconotiide omega WO 9107980
    conotoxin/MVIIA/SNX-111
    562 ZM-224832 EP 00343865
    563 zonisamide U.S. Pat. No. 4,172,896
    • Synthesis
  • The synthesis of charge-modified ion channel blockers may involve the selective protection and deprotection of alcohols, amines, ketones, sulfhydryls or carboxyl functional groups of the parent ion channel blocker, the linker, the bulky group, and/or the charged group. For example, commonly used protecting groups for amines include carbamates, such as tert-butyl, benzyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl, allyl, and m-nitrophenyl. Other commonly used protecting groups for amines include amides, such as formamides, acetamides, trifluoroacetamides, sulfonamides, trifluoromethanesulfonyl amides, trimethylsilylethanesulfonamides, and tert-butylsulfonyl amides. Examples of commonly used protecting groups for carboxyls include esters, such as methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy methyl, benzyl, diphenylmethyl, O-nitrobenzyl, ortho-esters, and halo-esters. Examples of commonly used protecting groups for alcohols include ethers, such as methyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethoxymethyl, methylthiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, ethoxyethyl, benzyl, 2-napthylmethyl, O-nitrobenzyl, P-nitrobenzyl, P-methoxybenzyl, 9-phenylxanthyl, trityl (including methoxy-trityls), and silyl ethers. Examples of commonly used protecting groups for sulfhydryls include many of the same protecting groups used for hydroxyls. In addition, sulfhydryls can be protected in a reduced form (e.g., as disulfides) or an oxidized form (e.g., as sulfonic acids, sulfonic esters, or sulfonic amides). Protecting groups can be chosen such that selective conditions (e.g., acidic conditions, basic conditions, catalysis by a nucleophile, catalysis by a Lewis acid, or hydrogenation) are required to remove each, exclusive of other protecting groups in a molecule. The conditions required for the addition of protecting groups to amine, alcohol, sulfhydryl, and carboxyl functionalities and the conditions required for their removal are provided in detail in T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (2nd Ed.), John Wiley & Sons, 1991 and P. J. Kocienski, Protecting Groups, Georg Thieme Verlag, 1994.
  • Charge-modified ion channel blockers can be prepared using techniques familiar to those skilled in the art. The modifications can be made, for example, by alkylation of the parent ion channel blocker using the techniques described by J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1992, page 617. The conversion of amino groups to guanidine groups can be accomplished using standard synthetic protocols. For example, Mosher has described a general method for preparing mono-substituted guanidines by reaction of aminoiminomethanesulfonic acid with amines (Kim et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 29:3183 (1988)). A more convenient method for guanylation of primary and secondary amines was developed by Bernatowicz employing 1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine hydrochloride; 1-H-pyrazole-1-(N,N′-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)carboxamidine; or 1-H-pyrazole-1-(N,N′-bis(benzyloxycarbonyl)carboxamidine. These reagents react with amines to give mono-substituted guanidines (see Bernatowicz et al., J. Org. Chem 57:2497 (1992); and Bernatowicz et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 34:3389 (1993)). In addition, thioureas and S-alkyl-isothioureas have been shown to be useful intermediates in the syntheses of substituted guanidines (Poss et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 33:5933 (1992)). In certain embodiments, the guanidine is part of a heterocyclic ring having two nitrogen atoms (see, for example, the structures below).
  • The ring system can include an alkylene or
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00093
  • alkenylene of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., ring systems of 5, 6, and 7-membered rings. Such ring systems can be prepared, for example, using the methods disclosed by Schlama et al., J. Org. Chem. 62:4200 (1997).
  • Charge-modified ion channel blockers can be prepared by alkylation of an amine nitrogen in the parent compound as shown in Scheme 1.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00094
  • Alternatively, charge-modified ion channel blockers can be prepared by introduction of a guanidine group. The parent compound can be reacted with a cynamide, e.g., methylcyanamide, as shown in Scheme 2 or pyrazole-1-carboxamidine derivatives as shown in Scheme 3 where Z is H or a suitable protecting group. Alternatively, the parent compound can be reacted with cyanogens bromide followed by reaction with methylchloroaluminum amide as shown in Scheme 4. Reagents such as 2-(methylthio)-2-imidazoline can also be used to prepare suitably functionalized derivatives (Scheme 5).
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00095
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00096
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00097
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00098
  • Any ion channel blocker containing an amine nitrogen atom (e.g., a compound selected from Compounds (1)-(563) or a compound according to Formulas (I)-(XIV)) can be modified as shown in Schemes 1-5.
    • TRPV1 Agonists
  • TRPV1 agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include but are not limited to any that activates TRPV1 receptors on nociceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels. A suitable TRPV1 agonist is capsaicin or another capsaicinoids, which are members of the vanilloid family of molecules. Naturally occurring capsaicinoids are capsaicin itself, dihydrocapsaicin, nordihydrocapsaicin, homodihydrocapsaicin, homocapsaicin, and nonivamide, whose structures are provided below.
  • Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00099
  • Other suitable capsaicinoids and capsaicinoid analogs and derivatives for use in the compositions and methods of the present invention include naturally occurring and synthetic capsaicin derivatives and analogs including, e.g., vanilloids (e.g., N-vanillyl-alkanedienamides, N-vanillyl-alkanedienyls, and N-vanillyl-cis-monounsaturatcd alkenamides), capsiate, dihydrocapsiate, nordihydrocapsiate and other capsinoids, capsiconiate, dihydrocapsiconiate and other coniferyl esters, capsiconinoid, resiniferatoxin, tinyatoxin, civamide, N-phenylmethylalkenamide capsaicin derivatives, olvanil, N-[(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-9Z-octa-decanamide, N-oleyl-homovanillamide, triprenyl phenols (e.g., scutigeral), gingerols, piperines, shogaols, guaiacol, eugenol, zingerone, nuvanil, NE-19550, NE-21610, and NE-28345. Additional capsaicinoids, their structures, and methods of their manufacture are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,446,226 and 7,429,673, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • Additional suitable TRPV1 agonists include but are not limited to eugenol, arvanil (N-arachidonoylvanillamine), anandamide, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate (2APB), AM404, resiniferatoxin, phorbol 12-phenylacetate 13-acetate 20-homovanillate (PPAHV), olvanil (NE 19550), OLDA (N-oleoyldopamine), N-arachidonyldopamine (NADA), 6′-iodoresiniferatoxin (6′-IRTX), C18 N-acylethanolamines, lipoxygenase derivatives such as 12-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid, inhibitor cysteine knot (ICK) peptides (vanillotoxins), piperine, MSK195 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-2-[4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl]acetamide), JYL79 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea), hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 10-shogaol, oleylgingerol, oleylshogaol, and SU200 (N-(4-tert-butylbenzyl)-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea).
  • Still other TRPV1 agonists include amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), and trimecaine.
    • TRP1A Agonists
  • TRP1A agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include any that activates TRP1A receptors on nociceptors or pruriceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels. Suitable TRP1A agonists include but are not limited to cinnamaldehyde, allyl-isothiocynanate, diallyl disulfide, icilin, cinnamon oil, wintergreen oil, clove oil, acrolein, hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 4-hydroxynonenal, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, mustard oil, and 3′-carbamoylbiphenyl-3-yl cyclohexylcarbamate (URB597). Still other agonists include amylocaine, articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), and trimecaine.
    • P2X Agonists
  • P2X agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include any that activates P2X receptors on nociceptors or pruriceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels. Suitable P2X agonists include but are not limited to 2-methylthio-ATP, 2′ and 3′-O-(4-benzoylbenzoyl)-ATP, and ATP5′-O-(3-thiotriphosphate).
    • TRPM8 Agonists
  • TRPM8 agonists that can be employed in the methods and kits of the invention include any that activates TRPM8 receptors on nociceptors or pruriceptors and allows for entry of at least one inhibitor of voltage-gated ion channels. Suitable TRPM8 agonists include but are not limited to menthol, iciclin, eucalyptol, linalool, geraniol, and hydroxycitronellal.
    • Additional Agents
  • If desired, one or more additional biologically active agents typically used to treat neurogenic inflammation may be used in combination with a composition of the invention described herein. The biologically active agents include, but are not limited to, acetaminophen, NSAIDs, glucocorticoids, narcotics (e.g. opioids), tricyclic antidepressants, amine transporter inhibitors, anticonvulsants, antiproliferative agents, and immune modulators. The biologically active agents can be administered prior to, concurrent with, or following administration of a composition of the invention, using any formulation, dosing, or administration known in the art that is therapeutically effective.
  • Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited to, acetylsalicylic acid, amoxiprin, benorylate, benorilate, choline magnesium salicylate, diflunisal, ethenzamide, faislamine, methyl salicylate, magnesium salicylate, salicyl salicylate, salicylamide, diclofenac, aceclofenac, acemethacin, alclofenac, bromfenac, etodolac, indometacin, nabumetone, oxametacin, proglumetacin, sulindac, tolmetin, ibuprofen, ahninoprofen, benoxaprofen, carprofen, dexibuprofen, dexketoprofen, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flunoxaprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuproxam, indoprofen, ketoprofen, ketorolac, loxoprofen, naproxen, oxaprozin, pirprofen, suprofen, tiaprofenic acid, mefenamic acid, flufenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, phenylbutazone, ampyronc, azapropazone, clofezone, kebuzone, metamizole, mofebutazone, oxyphenbutazone, phenazone, sulfinpyrazone, piroxicam, droxicam, lomoxicam, meloxicam, tenoxicam, and the COX-2 inhibitors celecoxib, etoricoxib, lumiracoxib, parecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Glucocorticoids that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydrocortisone, cortisone acetate, prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisones acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Narcotics that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited, to tramadol, hydrocodone, oxycodone, morphine, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Antiproliferative and immune modulatory agents that can be administered to a patient (e.g., a human) suffering from neurogenic inflammation in combination with a composition of the invention include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents, platinum agents, antimetabolites, topoisomerase inhibitors, dihydrofolate reductase inhibitors, antitumor antibiotics, antimitotic agents, aromatase inhibitors, thymidylate synthase inhibitors, DNA antagonists, farnesyltransferase inhibitors, pump inhibitors, histone acetyltransferase inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, ribonucleoside reductase inhibitors, TNF-alpha agonists, TNF-alpha antagonists or scavengers, interleukin 1 (IL-1) antagonists or scavengers, endothelin A receptor antagonists, retinoic acid receptor agonists, hormonal agents, antihormonal agents, photodynamic agents, and tyrosine kinase inhibitors.
    • Formulation of Compositions
  • The administration of a combination of the invention may be by any suitable means that results in the reduction of inflammation at the target region (e.g., any inflamed tissue or mucosal surface). The inhibitor(s) of voltage-gated ion channels may be contained in any appropriate amount in any suitable carrier substance, and are generally present in amounts totaling 1-95% by weight of the total weight of the composition. The composition may be provided in a dosage form that is suitable for intraarticular, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular), rectal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, topical, transdermal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, intravesicular, intraurethral, intrathecal, epidural, aural, or ocular administration, or by injection, inhalation, or direct contact with the nasal, genitourinary, gastrointestinal, reproductive or oral mucosa.
  • Thus, the composition may be in the form of, e.g., tablets, capsules, pills, powders, granulates, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, plasters, drenches, osmotic delivery devices, suppositories, enemas, injectables, implants, sprays, preparations suitable for iontophoretic delivery, or aerosols. The compositions may be formulated according to conventional pharmaceutical practice (see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th edition, 2000, ed. A. R. Gennaro, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, eds. J. Swarbrick and J. C. Boylan, 1988-1999, Marcel Dekker, New York).
  • Each compound of a combination therapy, as described herein, may be formulated in a variety of ways that are known in the art. For example, the first and second agents of the combination therapy may be formulated together or separately. Desirably, the first and second agents are formulated together for the simultaneous or near simultaneous administration of the agents.
  • The individually or separately formulated agents can be packaged together as a kit. Non-limiting examples include, but are not limited to, kits that contain, e.g., two pills, a pill and a powder, a suppository and a liquid in a vial, two topical creams, etc. The kit can include optional components that aid in the administration of the unit dose to patients, such as vials for reconstituting powder forms, syringes for injection, customized IV delivery systems, inhalers, etc. Additionally, the unit dose kit can contain instructions for preparation and administration of the compositions.
  • The kit may be manufactured as a single use unit dose for one patient, multiple uses for a particular patient (at a constant dose or in which the individual compounds may vary in potency as therapy progresses); or the kit may contain multiple doses suitable for administration to multiple patients (“bulk packaging”). The kit components may be assembled in cartons, blister packs, bottles, tubes, and the like.
    • Controlled Release Formulations
  • Each compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents as described herein, can be formulated for controlled release (e.g., sustained or measured) administration, as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2003/0152637 and 2005/0025765, each incorporated herein by reference. For example, a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents as described herein, can be incorporated into a capsule or tablet, that is administered to the site of inflammation.
  • Any pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle or formulation suitable for local infiltration or injection into a site to be treated (e.g., a painful surgical incision, wound, or joint), that is able to provide a sustained release of compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents as described herein, may be employed to provide for prolonged elimination or alleviation of inflammation, as needed. Slow release formulations known in the art include specially coated pellets, polymer formulations or matrices for surgical insertion or as sustained release microparticles, e.g., microspheres or microcapsules, for implantation, insertion, infusion or injection, wherein the slow release of the active medicament is brought about through sustained or controlled diffusion out of the matrix and/or selective breakdown of the coating of the preparation or selective breakdown of a polymer matrix. Other formulations or vehicles for sustained or immediate delivery of an agent to a preferred localized site in a patient include, e.g., suspensions, emulsions, gels, liposomes and any other suitable art known delivery vehicle or formulation acceptable for subcutaneous or intramuscular administration.
  • A wide variety of biocompatible materials may be utilized as a controlled release carrier to provide the controlled release of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more biologically active agents, as described herein. Any pharmaceutically acceptable biocompatible polymer known to those skilled in the art may be utilized. It is preferred that the biocompatible controlled release material degrade in vivo within about one year, preferably within about 3 months, more preferably within about two months. More preferably, the controlled release material will degrade significantly within one to three months, with at least 50% of the material degrading into non-toxic residues, which are removed by the body, and 100% of the compound of the invention being released within a time period within about two weeks, preferably within about 2 days to about 7 days. A degradable controlled release material should preferably degrade by hydrolysis, either by surface erosion or bulk erosion, so that release is not only sustained but also provides desirable release rates. However, the pharmacokinetic release profile of these formulations may be first order, zero order, bi- or multi-phasic, to provide the desired reversible local anesthetic effect over the desired time period.
  • Suitable biocompatible polymers can be utilized as the controlled release material. The polymeric material may comprise biocompatible, biodegradable polymers, and in certain preferred embodiments is preferably a copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid. Preferred controlled release materials which are useful in the formulations of the invention include the polyanhydrides, polyesters, co-polymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid (preferably wherein the weight ratio of lactic acid to glycolic acid is no more than 4:1 i.e., 80% or less lactic acid to 20% or more glycolic acid by weight)) and polyorthoesters containing a catalyst or degradation enhancing compound, for example, containing at least 1% by weight anhydride catalyst such as maleic anhydride. Examples of polyesters include polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid and polylactic acid-polyglycolic acid copolymers. Other useful polymers include protein polymers such as collagen, gelatin, fibrin and fibrinogen and polysaccharides such as hyaluronic acid.
  • The polymeric material may be prepared by any method known to those skilled in the art. For example, where the polymeric material is comprised of a copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid, this copolymer may be prepared by the procedure set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,293,539, incorporated herein by reference. Alternatively, copolymers of lactic and glycolic acid may be prepared by any other procedure known to those skilled in the art. Other useful polymers include polylactides, polyglycolides, polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polycaprolactones, polyphosphazenes, polyphosphoesters, polysaccharides, proteinaceous polymers, soluble derivatives of polysaccharides, soluble derivatives of proteinaceous polymers, polypeptides, polyesters, and polyorthoesters or mixtures or blends of any of these. Pharmaceutically acceptable polyanhydrides which are useful in the present invention have a water-labile anhydride linkage. The rate of drug release can be controlled by the particular polyanhydride polymer utilized and its molecular weight. The polysaccharides may be poly-1,4-glucans, e.g., starch glycogen, amylose, amylopectin, and mixtures thereof. The biodegradable hydrophilic or hydrophobic polymer may be a water-soluble derivative of a poly-1,4-glucan, including hydrolyzed amylopectin, hydroxyalkyl derivatives of hydrolyzed amylopectin such as hydroxyethyl starch (HES), hydroxyethyl amylose, dialdehyde starch, and the like. The polyanhydride polymer may be branched or linear. Examples of polymers which are useful in the present invention include (in addition to homopolymers and copolymers of poly(lactic acid) and/or poly(glycolic acid)) poly[bis(p-carboxyphenoxy) propane anhydride](PCPP), poly[bis(p-carboxy)methane anhydride] (PCPM), polyanhydrides of oligomerized unsaturated aliphatic acids, polyanhydride polymers prepared from amino acids which are modified to include an additional carboxylic acid, aromatic polyanhydride compositions, and co-polymers of polyanhydrides with other substances, such as fatty acid terminated polyanhydrides. e.g., polyanhydrides polymerized from monomers of dimers and/or trimers of unsaturated fatty acids or unsaturated aliphatic acids. Polyanhydrides may be prepared in accordance with the methods set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,757,128, incorporated herein by reference. Polyorthoester polymers may be prepared, e.g., as set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,070,347, incorporated herein by reference. Polyphosphoesters may be prepared and used as set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,008,318, 6,153,212, 5,952,451, 6,051,576, 6,103,255, 5,176,907 and 5,194,581, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Proteinaceous polymers may also be used. Proteinaceous polymers and their soluble derivatives include gelation biodegradable synthetic polypeptides, elastin, alkylated collagen, alkylated elastin, and the like. Biodegradable synthetic polypeptides include poly-(N-hydroxyalkyl)-L-asparagine, poly-(N-hydroxyalkyl)-L-glutamine, copolymers of N-hydroxyalkyl-L-asparagine and N-hydroxyalkyl-L-glutamine with other amino acids. Suggested amino acids include L-alanine, L-lysine, L-phenylalanine, L-valine, L-tyrosine, and the like.
  • In additional embodiments, the controlled release material, which in effect acts as a carrier for a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more biologically active agents as described herein, can further include a bioadhesive polymer such as pectins (polygalacturonic acid), mucopolysaccharides (hyaluronic acid, mucin) or non-toxic lectins or the polymer itself may be bioadhesive, e.g., polyanhydride or polysaccharides such as chitosan.
  • In embodiments where the biodegradable polymer comprises a gel, one such useful polymer is a thermally gelling polymer, e.g., polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide (PEO-PPO) block copolymer such as Pluronic™ F127 from BASF Wyandotte. In such cases, the local anesthetic formulation may be injected via syringe as a free-flowing liquid, which gels rapidly above 30° C. (e.g., when injected into a patient). The gel system then releases a steady dose of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more biologically active agents as described herein, at the site of administration.
    • Solid Dosage Forms for Oral Use
  • Formulations for oral use include tablets containing the active ingredient(s) in a mixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents or fillers (e.g., sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, or sodium phosphate); granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., cellulose derivatives including microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, croscarmellose sodium, alginates, or alginic acid); binding agents (e.g., sucrose, glucose, sorbitol, acacia, alginic acid, sodium alginate, gelatin, starch, pregelatinized starch, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or polyethylene glycol); and lubricating agents, glidants, and antiadhesives (e.g., magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, silicas, hydrogenated vegetable oils, or talc). Other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can be colorants, flavoring agents, plasticizers, humectants, buffering agents, and the like.
  • Two or more compounds may be mixed together in a tablet, capsule, or other vehicle, or may be partitioned. In one example, the first compound is contained on the inside of the tablet, and the second compound is on the outside, such that a substantial portion of the second compound is released prior to the release of the first compound.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be provided as chewable tablets, or as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus or a spray drying equipment.
  • Dissolution or diffusion controlled release can be achieved by appropriate coating of a tablet, capsule, pellet, or granulate formulation of compounds, or by incorporating the compound into an appropriate matrix. A controlled release coating may include one or more of the coating substances mentioned above and/or, e.g., shellac, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glycerol palmitostearate, ethylcellulose, acrylic resins, dl-polylactic acid, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, vinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene, polymethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, 2-hydroxymethacrylate, methacrylate hydrogels, 1,3 butylene glycol, ethylene glycol methacrylate, and/or polyethylene glycols. In a controlled release matrix formulation, the matrix material may also include, e.g., hydrated methylcellulose, carnauba wax and stearyl alcohol, carbopol 934, silicone, glyceryl tristearate, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and/or halogenated fluorocarbon.
  • The liquid forms in which the compounds and compositions of the present invention can be incorporated for administration orally include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Generally, when administered to a human, the oral dosage of any of the compounds of the combination of the invention will depend on the nature of the compound, and can readily be determined by one skilled in the art. Typically, such dosage is normally about 0.001 mg to 2000 mg per day, desirably about 1 mg to 1000 mg per day, and more desirably about 5 mg to 500 mg per day. Dosages up to 200 mg per day may be necessary.
  • Administration of each drug in a combination therapy, as described herein, can, independently, be one to four times daily for one day to one year, and may even be for the life of the patient. Chronic, long-term administration will be indicated in many cases.
    • Topical Formulations
  • A composition of the invention, alone or in combination with one or more of the biologically active agents described herein, can also be adapted for topical use with a topical vehicle containing from between 0.0001% and 25% (w/w) or more of active ingredient(s).
  • In a preferred combination, the active ingredients are preferably each from between 0.0001% to 10% (w/w), more preferably from between 0.0005% to 4% (w/w) active agent. The cream can be applied one to four times daily, or as needed.
  • Performing the methods described herein, the topical vehicle containing the composition of the invention, or a combination therapy containing a composition of the invention is preferably applied to the site of inflammation on the patient. For example, a cream may be applied to the hands of a patient suffering from arthritic fingers.
    • Formulations for Nasal and Inhalation Administration
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be formulated for nasal or intranasal administration. Formulations suitable for nasal administration, when the carrier is a solid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of approximately 20 to 500 microns which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage. When the carrier is a liquid, for example, a nasal spray or as nasal drops, one or more of the formulations can be admixed in an aqueous or oily solution, and inhaled or sprayed into the nasal passage.
  • For administration by inhalation, the active ingredient can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount, Capsules and cartridges of, for example, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The following example is intended to illustrate the invention, and is not intended to limit it.
    • Example 1: Treatment of Neurogenic Inflammation with Intravenous Injection of QX-314
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing the effect of intrdvenous QX-314 (0.4 mg/kg) on the edema elicited by injection of complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) in the rat hindpaw determined by measuring the total volume of the hindpaw by plethysmography. The degree of swelling produced by injection of CFA is reduced by administration of QX-314 reflecting reduction in neurogenic edema resulting from the blockade of nociceptors by QX314. QX-314 by itself has no effect different from administration of saline.
    • Example 2: Entry of N-Methyl-Verapamil into Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons Through Capsaicin-Activated TRPV1 Channels
  • N-methyl-verapamil, a charged derivative of the known calcium channel blocker verapamil and structurally related to D-890, can be loaded into dorsal root ganglion neurons through activation of TRPV1 channels by capsaicin. The internally-loaded N-methyl-verapamil then produces long-lasting inhibition of the voltage-dependent calcium channels in the neurons. Entry of the drug into the cell, and its blocking action, depends on applying the drug in the presence of capsaicin to activate the TRPV1 channels present in the neuronal membrane.
  • As shown in FIG. 2, the inhibition of voltage-dependent calcium channel current in a DRG neuron by N-methyl-verapamil applied in the presence of capsaicin to open TRPV1 channels. The traces show currents through voltage-activated calcium channels in a dissociated rat dorsal root ganglion neuron, recorded in whole-cell mode. Current was carried by 2 mM Ba2+ on a background of 155 mM N-methyl-D-glucamine (to eliminate Na current), with an internal CsCl-based solution. Calcium channels were opened by a voltage step from −80 mV to −20 mV. When channels are opened, inward-going current is carried by Ba2+ ions flowing into the cell.
  • Each panel shows calcium channel currents before and 3 minutes after exposure of the cell to either 1 μM capsaicin alone (top panel), 300 μM N-methyl-verapamil alone (middle panel), or 300 μM N-methyl-verapamil applied in the presence of 1 μM capsaicin to open TRPV1 channels (bottom panel). Control experiments using either capsaicin alone or N-methyl-verapamil alone each produce weak, transient effects that are rapidly reversed when the agents are washed away. The combination, however, produces an inhibition of calcium channel currents that persists after washout of the agents, consistent with N-methyl-verapamil having entered through TRPV1 channels and remaining trapped inside the cells, blocking the calcium channels from the inside.
    • Other Embodiments
  • Various modifications and variations of the described method and system of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with specific desired embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention that are obvious to those skilled in the fields of medicine, immunology, pharmacology, endocrinology, or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • All publications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each independent publication was specifically and individually incorporated by reference.

Claims (44)

What is claimed is:
1. A method for treating neurogenic inflammation in a patient, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that is capable of (i) entering a nociceptor through a channel-forming receptor present in said nociceptor when said receptor is activated and (ii) inhibiting a voltage-gated ion channel present in said nociceptor, wherein said compound does not substantially inhibit said channel when applied to the extracellular face of said channel and when said receptor is not activated.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said compound inhibits voltage-gated sodium channels.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein said compound is QX-314, N-methyl-procaine, QX-222, N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine, pancuronium, or another low molecular weight, charged molecule that inhibits voltage-gated sodium channels when present inside of said nociceptor.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein said compound is a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of a compound selected from the group consisting of riluzole, mexilitine, phenytoin, carbamazepine, procaine, tocainide, prilocaine, articaine, bupivicaine, mepivicine, diisopyramide, bencyclane, quinidine, bretylium, lifarizine, lamotrigine, flunarizine, and fluspirilene.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein said compound inhibits calcium channels.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein said compound is selected from
D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, and dodecyltrimethylammonium;
a quarternary amine derivative of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, or farnesyl amine;
a compound according to any of Formulas (X), (XII), (XII-A), (XIII-B), (XIII-C), and (XIV); and
a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of any of compounds (45)-(563).
7. The method of claim 1, wherein said compound is a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of any of compounds (1)-(563).
8. The method of any of claims 1-7, wherein said channel-forming receptor has been activated prior to said administering of said compound.
9. The method of any of claims 1-8, further comprising administering a second compound that activates said channel-forming receptor.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein said second compound activates a channel-forming receptor selected from TRPV1, P2X(2/3), TRPA1, and TRPM8.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein said second compound is an activator of TRPV1 receptors, said activator selected from capsaicin, a capsaicinoid, eugenol, arvanil (N-arachidonoylvanillamine), anandamide, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate (2APB), AM404, resiniferatoxin, phorbol 12-phenylacetate 13-acetate 20-homovanillate (PPAHV), olvanil (NE 19550), OLDA (N-oleoyldopamine), N-arachidonyldopamine (NADA), 6′-iodoresiniferatoxin (6′-IRTX), C18 N-acylethanolamincs, lipoxygenase derivatives such as 12-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid, inhibitor cysteine knot (ICK) peptides (vanillotoxins), piperine, MSK195 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-2-[4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxyphenyl]acetamide), JYL79 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea), hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 10-shogaol, oleylgingerol, oleylshogaol, SU200 (N-(4-tert-butylbenzyl)-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea), articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocainc, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), or trimecaine.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein said second compound is an activator of TRPA1 receptors, said activator selected from cinnamaldehyde, allyl-isothiocynanate, diallyl disulfide, icilin, cinnamon oil, wintergreen oil, clove oil, acrolein, hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 4-hydroxynonenal, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, mustard oil, and 3′-carbamoylbiphenyl-3-yl cyclohexylcarbamate (URB597), articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocainc), ctidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), or trimecaine.
13. The method of claim 10, wherein said second compound is an activator of P2X receptors, said activator selected from ATP, 2-methylthio-ATP, 2′ and 3′-O-(4-benzoylbenzoyl)-ATP, and ATP5′-O-(3-thiotriphosphate).
14. The method of claim 10, wherein said second compound is an activator of TRPM8 receptors, said activator selected from menthol, iciclin, eucalyptol, linalool, geraniol, and hydroxycitronellal.
15. The method of any of claims 1-14, further comprising administering one or more acetaminophens, NSAIDs, glucocorticoids, narcotics, tricyclic antidepressants, amine transporter inhibitors, anticonvulsants, antiproliferative agents, or immune modulators.
16. The method of any of claims 1-14, wherein said method is used to treat asthma, conjunctivitis, sepsis, sinusitis, cough, arthritis, colitis, contact dermatitis, eczema, gastritis, cystitis, urethritis, migraine headache, psoriasis, rhinitis, rosacea, sunburn, traumatic brain injury, acute lung injury, chemical warfare agents, inhaled tear gases, or inhaled pollutants.
17. The method of any of claims 1-14, wherein said administering comprises intraarticular, surgical, intravenous, intramuscular, oral, rectal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, topical, transdermal, sublingual, nasal, vaginal, intraurethral, intravesicular, intrathecal, epidural, mucosal, aural, or ocular administration by injection, inhalation, or direct contact.
18. The method any of claims 1-14, wherein said composition is formulated for controlled or sustained release over time.
19. A kit comprising:
a) a compound that is capable of (i) entering a nociceptor through a channel-forming receptor present in said nociceptor when said receptor is activated and (ii) inhibiting a voltage-gated ion channel present in said nociceptor, wherein said compound does not substantially inhibit said channel when applied to the extracellular face of said channel and when said receptor is not activated; and
b) instructions for administering said compound to a patient to treat neurogenic inflammation.
20. The kit of claim 19, wherein said compound inhibits voltage-gated sodium channels.
21. The kit of claim 20, wherein said compound is QX-314, N-methyl-procaine, QX-222, N-octyl-guanidine, 9-aminoacridine, pancuronium, or another low molecular weight, charged molecule that inhibits voltage-gated sodium channels when present inside of said nociceptor.
22. The kit of claim 19, wherein said compound is a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of a compound selected from the group consisting of riluzole, mexilitine, phenytoin, carbamazepine, procaine, tocainide, prilocaine, articaine, bupivicaine, mepivicine, diisopyramide, bencyclane, quinidine, bretylium, lifarizine, lamotrigine, flunarizine, and fluspirilene.
23. The kit of claim 19, wherein said compound inhibits calcium channels.
24. The kit of claim 19, wherein said compound is selected from
D-890, CERM 11888, N-methyl-verapamil, N-methylgallopamil, N-methyl-devapamil, and dodecyltrimethylammonium;
a quarternary amine derivative, of verapamil, gallopamil, devapamil, diltiazem, fendiline, mibefradil, or farnesyl amine;
a compound according to any of Formulas (XI), (XII), (XIII-A), (XIII-B), (XIII-C), and (XIV); and
a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of any of compounds (1)-(563).
25. The kit of any of claims 19-24, further comprising:
c) a second compound that activates said channel-forming receptor.
26. The kit of claim 25, wherein said second compound activates a channel-forming receptor selected from TRPV1, P2X(2/3), TRPA1, and TRPM8.
27. The kit of claim 26, wherein said second compound is an activator of TRPV1 receptors, said activator selected from capsaicin, a capsaicinoid, eugenol, arvanil (N-arachidonoylvanillamine), anandamide, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate (2APB), AM404, resiniferatoxin, phorbol 12-phenylacetate 13-acetate 20-homovanillate (PPAHV), olvanil (NE 19550), OLDA (N-oleoyldopamine), N-arachidonyldopamine (NADA), 6′-iodoresiniferatoxin (6′-IRTX), C18 N-acylethanolamines, lipoxygenase derivatives such as 12-hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid, inhibitor cysteine knot (ICK) peptides (vanillotoxins), piperine, MSK195 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxv)propyl]-2-[4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-methoxvphenyl]acetamide), JYL79 (N-[2-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(pivaloyloxy)propyl]-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)thiourea), hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 10-shogaol, oleylgingerol, olcylshogaol, and SU200 (N-(4-tert-butylbenzyl)-N′-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyhenzyl)thiourea), articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), or trimecaine.
28. The kit of claim 26, wherein said second compound is an activator of TRPA1 receptors, said activator selected from cinnamaldehyde, allyl-isothiocynanate, diallyl disulfide, icilin, cinnamon oil, wintergreen oil, clove oil, acrolein, hydroxy-alpha-sanshool, 2-aminoethoxydiphenyl borate, 4-hydroxynonenal, methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, mustard oil, and 3′-carbamoylbiphenyl-3-yl cyclohexylcarbamate (URB597), articaine, benzocaine, bupivacaine, carbocaine, carticaine, chloroprocaine, cyclomethycaine, dibucaine (cinchocaine), dimethocaine (larocaine), etidocaine, hexylcaine, levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, meprylcaine (oracaine), metabutoxycaine, piperocaine, prilocaine, procaine (novacaine), proparacaine, propoxycaine, risocaine, ropivacaine, tetracaine (amethocaine), or trimecaine.
29. The kit of claim 26, wherein said second compound is an activator of P2X receptors, said activator selected from ATP, 2-methylthio-ATP, 2′ and 3′-O-(4-benzoylbenzoyl)-ATP, and ATP5′-O-(3-thiotriphosphate).
30. The kit of claim 26, wherein said second compound is an activator of TRPM8 receptors, said activator selected from menthol, iciclin, eucalyptol, linalool, geraniol, and hydroxycitronellal.
31. The kit of any one of claims 19-30, further comprising one or more acetaminophens, NSAIDs, glucocorticoids, narcotics, tricyclic antidepressants, amine transporter inhibitors, anticonvulsants, antiproliferative agents, or immune modulators.
32. A compound according to Formula (XI):
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00100
wherein
each R11A, R11B, and R11C is selected, independently, from H or C1-4 alkyl, and X− is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
33. The compound of claim 32, wherein said compound has the following structure:
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00101
34. A compound according to Formula (XII),
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00102
wherein
each of R12A, R12B, R12C, and R12D is, independently, selected from C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; or R12A and R12B together complete a heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen atom;
n is an integer between 1-5;
each of R12E and R12F is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, or C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
X is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
35. The compound of claim 34, wherein said compound has the following structure:
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00103
36. A compound having a structure according to:
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00104
wherein
each R13A-R13J and R13G-R13T is selected, independently, from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR13AA, NR13ABR13AC, NR13ADC(O)R13AE, S(O)R13AF, SO2R13AGR13AH, SO2NR13AIR13AJ, SO3R13AK, CO2R13AL, C(O)R13AM, and C(O)NR13ANR13AO;
each of R13AA-R13AO is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl;
each R13K, R13L, R13M, and R13N is, independently, H or C1-4 alkyl, or R13K and R13L or R13M and R13N, combine to form C═O, or R13K and R13M combine to form C═C;
R13Y is H or C1-4 alkyl;
R13Z and R13Z′ are, independently, selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
X− is any pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
37. The compound of claim 36, wherein said compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00105
38. A compound having a structure according to
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00106
wherein
n is an integer between 0-5;
R14A is heterocyclyl,
each of R14B, R14C, R14D, and R14E is, independently, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl; and
R14F is selected from H, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 heteroalkyl, C7-14 alkaryl, C3-10 alkcycloalkyl, and C3-10 alkheterocyclyl, OR14G, NR14HR14I, NR14JC(O)R14K, S(O)R14L, SO2R14MR14N, SO2NR14OR14P, SO3R14Q, CO2R14R, C(O)R14S, and C(O)NR14TR14V; and each of R14G-R13AO is, independently, selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C2-4 heteroalkyl.
39. The compound of claim 37, wherein said compound is
Figure US20210290561A1-20210923-C00107
where X is a pharmaceutically acceptable anion.
40. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising the compound of any of claims 32-39 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
41. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a quarternary amine derivative or other charged derivative of any of compounds (1)-(563).
42. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 40 or 41, wherein said composition is formulated for oral administration.
43. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 40 or 41, wherein said composition is formulation for nasal administration.
44. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 40 or 41, wherein said composition is formulation for inhalation administration.
US17/337,149 2009-07-10 2021-06-02 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents Abandoned US20210290561A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/337,149 US20210290561A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2021-06-02 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US22451209P 2009-07-10 2009-07-10
PCT/US2010/041537 WO2011006073A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2010-07-09 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US201213382834A 2012-03-26 2012-03-26
US16/216,489 US10729664B2 (en) 2009-07-10 2018-12-11 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US16/813,624 US20210030695A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2020-03-09 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US202017079406A 2020-10-23 2020-10-23
US17/337,149 US20210290561A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2021-06-02 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US202017079406A Continuation 2009-07-10 2020-10-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210290561A1 true US20210290561A1 (en) 2021-09-23

Family

ID=43429565

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/382,834 Abandoned US20120172429A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2010-07-09 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti- inflammatory agents
US16/216,489 Active US10729664B2 (en) 2009-07-10 2018-12-11 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US16/813,624 Abandoned US20210030695A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2020-03-09 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US17/337,149 Abandoned US20210290561A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2021-06-02 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US17/477,749 Abandoned US20220016046A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2021-09-17 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/382,834 Abandoned US20120172429A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2010-07-09 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti- inflammatory agents
US16/216,489 Active US10729664B2 (en) 2009-07-10 2018-12-11 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US16/813,624 Abandoned US20210030695A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2020-03-09 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/477,749 Abandoned US20220016046A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2021-09-17 Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (5) US20120172429A1 (en)
EP (3) EP2451944A4 (en)
JP (4) JP6205133B2 (en)
CN (1) CN102725401A (en)
AU (4) AU2010271269B2 (en)
CA (2) CA3027255C (en)
WO (1) WO2011006073A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010510227A (en) 2006-11-20 2010-04-02 プレジデント アンド フェロウズ オブ ハーバード カレッジ Pain and itching treatment methods, compositions and kits
WO2011006073A1 (en) * 2009-07-10 2011-01-13 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
WO2012012498A2 (en) * 2010-07-20 2012-01-26 Pulmatrix, Inc. Use of trp channel agonists to treat infections
WO2012030645A1 (en) 2010-08-30 2012-03-08 Pulmatrix, Inc. Respirably dry powder comprising calcium lactate, sodium chloride and leucine
AU2011308865B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2017-01-05 Pulmatrix, Inc. Monovalent metal cation dry powders for inhalation
US20140031341A1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2014-01-30 Universitat Munster Modulators and methods for the treatment of rosacea
EP2654898A1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2013-10-30 Galderma Research & Development Modulators of trpa1 for the treatment of rosacea
KR20200125765A (en) 2011-02-18 2020-11-04 아사나 바이오사이언시스 엘엘씨 Aminoindane compounds and use thereof in treating pain
DK2771320T3 (en) 2011-10-24 2016-10-03 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc Cyclohexylamines
JPWO2013141202A1 (en) * 2012-03-21 2015-08-03 独立行政法人国立精神・神経医療研究センター Muscle increasing agent and screening method for muscle increasing substance
US9044482B2 (en) 2012-08-15 2015-06-02 Asana Biosciences, Llc Use of aminoindane compounds in treating overactive bladder and interstitial cystitis
WO2014124209A1 (en) 2013-02-08 2014-08-14 General Mills, Inc. Reduced sodium food products
MX2015013845A (en) 2013-04-01 2016-05-09 Pulmatrix Inc Tiotropium dry powders.
US20160096815A1 (en) * 2013-05-23 2016-04-07 Kinki University T-type calcium channel inhibitor
CN105263481A (en) * 2013-05-24 2016-01-20 雀巢产品技术援助有限公司 Treatment or prevention of depression using menthol and/or Icilin
AU2014270341A1 (en) * 2013-05-24 2015-10-08 Société des Produits Nestlé S.A. Treatment or prevention of non-inflammatory neuronal damage from brain trauma and strokes using Menthol, Linalool and/or Icilin
US9700549B2 (en) 2013-10-03 2017-07-11 David Wise Compositions and methods for treating pelvic pain and other conditions
EP3273952B1 (en) 2015-03-26 2022-06-15 Sen-Jam Pharmaceutical LLC Combination of naproxen and fexofenadine to inhibit symptoms associated with veisalgia
AU2016301282B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2022-03-17 Children's Medical Center Corporation Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
CN106214670B (en) * 2016-07-25 2020-12-29 上海璃道医药科技有限公司 Application of amide medicine
CN106220562B (en) * 2016-07-29 2019-10-01 上海璃道医药科技有限公司 The new application of two kinds of quinoline ring class drugs
CN106892875B (en) * 2016-11-11 2018-03-02 杭州唯铂莱生物科技有限公司 Calcium ion channel blocker compound and its preparation method and application
EP3768378A4 (en) 2018-03-22 2021-11-17 InCarda Therapeutics, Inc. A novel method to slow ventricular rate
CN108467337B (en) * 2018-04-23 2020-12-15 中国科学院烟台海岸带研究所 Sesquiterpene enol compound and preparation and application thereof
CN108324685A (en) * 2018-04-28 2018-07-27 武汉田田药业有限公司 A kind of production technology of flunarizine hydrochloride oral administration solution
JP2022527690A (en) * 2019-03-11 2022-06-03 ノシオン セラピューティクス，インコーポレイテッド Charged ion channel blockers and usage
MA55320A (en) 2019-03-11 2022-01-19 Nocion Therapeutics Inc ESTER SUBSTITUTED ION CHANNEL BLOCKERS AND METHODS OF USE
US10828287B2 (en) 2019-03-11 2020-11-10 Nocion Therapeutics, Inc. Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
EP3937945A4 (en) * 2019-03-11 2023-01-04 Nocion Therapeutics, Inc. Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
US10780083B1 (en) 2019-03-11 2020-09-22 Nocion Therapeutics, Inc. Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
WO2021022056A1 (en) 2019-07-31 2021-02-04 Foamix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Compositions and methods and uses thereof
US11007185B2 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-05-18 Incarda Therapeutics, Inc. Antiarrhythmic formulation
CN114828845A (en) 2019-11-06 2022-07-29 诺西恩医疗公司 Charged ion channel blockers and methods of use thereof
US10933055B1 (en) 2019-11-06 2021-03-02 Nocion Therapeutics, Inc. Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
JP2023517604A (en) * 2020-03-11 2023-04-26 ノシオン セラピューティクス，インコーポレイテッド Charged ion channel blockers and methods of use
WO2023064489A1 (en) * 2021-10-14 2023-04-20 Galileo Biosystems, Inc. Aryl hydrocarbon receptor (ahr) modulators and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2023235391A1 (en) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. Method for treating inflammatory dysfunction of the oral mucosa
CN114853630B (en) * 2022-06-07 2023-06-27 温州医科大学 2, 6-benzhydryl cyclohexanone oxime compound and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (125)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE150423C (en)
DE151036C (en)
US812554A (en) 1905-11-08 1906-02-13 Hoechst Ag Alkamin esters of para-aminobenzoic acid.
US1889645A (en) 1930-12-22 1932-11-29 Winthrop Chem Co Inc Beta-dimethylaminoethyl ester of para-butylamino-benzoic acid
US2441498A (en) 1943-07-15 1948-05-11 Astra Apotekarnes Kem Fab Alkyl glycinanilides
US2689248A (en) 1950-06-17 1954-09-14 Sterling Drug Inc Tertiary-aminoalkyl 4-amino-2-alkoxybenzoates and their synth esis
US2799679A (en) 1955-04-28 1957-07-16 Bofors Ab Process of preparing amides of heterocyclic carboxylic acids
US2883271A (en) 1956-11-23 1959-04-21 Phillips Petroleum Co Safety system for combustion process
US2955111A (en) 1957-01-28 1960-10-04 Bofors Ab Synthesis of n-alkyl-piperidine and n-alkyl-pyrrolidine-alpha-carboxylic acid amides
US3160662A (en) 1957-06-26 1964-12-08 Astra Apotekarnes Kem Fab Lower alkylaminoacyl amide anesthetics
NL281394A (en) 1961-07-25
DE1251764B (en) 1965-08-18 1967-10-12 C H Boehnnger Sohn Ingelheim/ Rhein Process for the production of antimicrobially active 12 3,4-Tetra hydro 9 -ammo acridmiumverbmdungen
US3812147A (en) 1970-12-22 1974-05-21 Astra Pharma Prod Acylxylidide local anaesthetics
US3931195A (en) 1971-03-03 1976-01-06 Mead Johnson & Company Substituted piperidines
BE786875A (en) 1971-07-28 1973-01-29 Astra Pharma Prod AMIDE, METHOD FOR ITS PREPARATION AND ITS THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS
US3773939A (en) 1971-11-24 1973-11-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv N-arallyl-n'-aralkyl piperazine pharmaceutical compositions
US4069309A (en) 1972-09-19 1978-01-17 Avon Products, Inc. Cationic skin substantive sunscreen composition and method
US3900481A (en) 1974-04-01 1975-08-19 Riker Laboratories Inc Derivatives of pyrrolidine and piperidine
CS195321B2 (en) 1975-12-23 1980-01-31 Ciba Geigy Ag Plant growth suppressing agents
US4070347A (en) 1976-08-16 1978-01-24 Alza Corporation Poly(orthoester) co- and homopolymers and poly(orthocarbonate) co- and homopolymers having carbonyloxy functionality
DE2915250A1 (en) 1979-04-14 1980-10-30 Basf Ag SALTS OF ALPHA -AMINOACETANILIDES
US4293539A (en) 1979-09-12 1981-10-06 Eli Lilly And Company Controlled release formulations and method of treatment
US4877805A (en) 1985-07-26 1989-10-31 Kligman Albert M Methods for treatment of sundamaged human skin with retinoids
US4757128A (en) 1986-08-01 1988-07-12 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology High molecular weight polyanhydride and preparation thereof
US5169637A (en) 1983-03-24 1992-12-08 The Liposome Company, Inc. Stable plurilamellar vesicles
ATE40994T1 (en) 1983-08-01 1989-03-15 Astra Laekemedel Ab L-N-N-PROPYLPIPECOLIC-2,6-XYLIDIDE AND ITS PRODUCTION.
CA1237671A (en) 1983-08-01 1988-06-07 Michael W. Fountain Enhancement of pharmaceutical activity
US4975282A (en) 1985-06-26 1990-12-04 The Liposome Company, Inc. Multilamellar liposomes having improved trapping efficiencies
US5409704A (en) 1985-06-26 1995-04-25 The Liposome Company, Inc. Liposomes comprising aminoglycoside phosphates and methods of production and use
US5023087A (en) 1986-02-10 1991-06-11 Liposome Technology, Inc. Efficient method for preparation of prolonged release liposome-based drug delivery system
IE60901B1 (en) 1986-08-21 1994-08-24 Vestar Inc Improved treatment of systemic fungal infections with phospholipid particles encapsulating polyene antifungal antibiotics
US5049388A (en) 1986-11-06 1991-09-17 Research Development Foundation Small particle aerosol liposome and liposome-drug combinations for medical use
DK171349B1 (en) 1986-11-14 1996-09-16 Hoffmann La Roche Tetrahydronaphthalane derivatives, process for their preparation, medicaments containing the compounds and use of the compounds for the manufacture of medicaments
US5032582A (en) 1987-02-27 1991-07-16 Liposome Technology, Inc. Method for treating fungal infections with amphotericin B/cholesterol sulfate composition
US4994213A (en) 1988-05-17 1991-02-19 Liposome Technology, Inc. Method of preparing lipid structures
US5082866A (en) 1988-06-01 1992-01-21 Odontex, Inc. Biodegradable absorption enhancers
US4980378A (en) 1988-06-01 1990-12-25 Odontex, Inc. Biodegradable absorption enhancers
US5194581A (en) 1989-03-09 1993-03-16 Leong Kam W Biodegradable poly(phosphoesters)
US5194266A (en) 1989-08-08 1993-03-16 Liposome Technology, Inc. Amphotericin B/cholesterol sulfate composition and method
US5356633A (en) 1989-10-20 1994-10-18 Liposome Technology, Inc. Method of treatment of inflamed tissues
DK0580817T3 (en) 1991-04-19 1996-08-05 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutical composition and method of preparation thereof
US5176907A (en) 1991-08-13 1993-01-05 The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Biocompatible and biodegradable poly (phosphoester-urethanes)
GR1002207B (en) 1992-08-06 1996-03-27 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Skin care compositions containing imidazoles.
US5552155A (en) 1992-12-04 1996-09-03 The Liposome Company, Inc. Fusogenic lipsomes and methods for making and using same
US5480971A (en) * 1993-06-17 1996-01-02 Houghten Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Peralkylated oligopeptide mixtures
US6051576A (en) 1994-01-28 2000-04-18 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Means to achieve sustained release of synergistic drugs by conjugation
US5591317A (en) 1994-02-16 1997-01-07 Pitts, Jr.; M. Michael Electrostatic device for water treatment
US5716622A (en) 1995-01-06 1998-02-10 The Rockefeller University Functionally active regions of signal transducer and activators of transcription
US5783683A (en) 1995-01-10 1998-07-21 Genta Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides which reduce expression of the FGFRI gene
AU5938996A (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-30 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for encapsulating pharmaceutical materials
US5747470A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-05-05 Gen-Probe Incorporated Method for inhibiting cellular proliferation using antisense oligonucleotides to gp130 mRNA
US6413961B1 (en) 1995-12-12 2002-07-02 Omeros Medical Systems, Inc. Irrigation solution and method for inhibition of pain and inflammation
SE508357C2 (en) 1996-01-02 1998-09-28 Kay Laserow Measuring instruments for measuring pain and a method for measuring pain with a measuring instrument
WO1998024428A1 (en) 1996-12-02 1998-06-11 Brigham & Women's Hospital, Inc. Long-acting local anesthetics
SE9604751D0 (en) 1996-12-20 1996-12-20 Astra Ab New therapy
US5837713A (en) 1997-02-26 1998-11-17 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Treatment of eosinophil-associated pathologies by administration of topical anesthetics and glucocorticoids
DE69805071T2 (en) 1997-06-18 2002-11-14 Guilford Pharm Inc TWO-STAGE SOLUTION POLYMERIZATION OF HIGH MOLECULAR POLY (PHOSPHORESTERS)
US6028163A (en) 1997-06-27 2000-02-22 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Inc. Solution polymerization of high molecular weight poly(phosphoesters) in toluene
EP0997147B1 (en) 1997-07-08 2006-03-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Amino acid derivatives
US6623040B1 (en) 1997-09-03 2003-09-23 Recot, Inc. Method for determining forced choice consumer preferences by hedonic testing
TW536401B (en) 1997-09-03 2003-06-11 Cardiome Pharma Corp A pharmaceutical composition of N,N-bis(phenylcarbamoylmethyl)dimethylammomum chloride and derivatives for the treatment of pain
US6083996A (en) 1997-11-05 2000-07-04 Nexmed Holdings, Inc. Topical compositions for NSAI drug delivery
AU762127B2 (en) * 1998-06-09 2003-06-19 Nortran Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of cough
US6153212A (en) 1998-10-02 2000-11-28 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Inc. Biodegradable terephthalate polyester-poly (phosphonate) compositions, articles, and methods of using the same
US6103255A (en) 1999-04-16 2000-08-15 Rutgers, The State University Porous polymer scaffolds for tissue engineering
US6118020A (en) 1999-05-19 2000-09-12 Nexmed Holdings, Inc. Crystalline salts of dodecyl 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-propionate
EP1216243A1 (en) * 1999-10-01 2002-06-26 Advanced Medicine, Inc. Quinazolinones and analogues and their use as local anesthetics
CN1423641A (en) 1999-12-15 2003-06-11 Ucb法奇姆股份有限公司 Quaternary salts of N-substituted cyclic or acyclic amines as pharmaceuticals
EE200200314A (en) 1999-12-15 2003-08-15 Ucb Farchim S.A. Cyclic quaternary ammonium compounds
AU3162001A (en) 1999-12-21 2001-07-03 Id-Pharma Gmbh Medicament, a method for its production and the use thereof
WO2001083828A1 (en) 2000-05-04 2001-11-08 Dzgenes, Llc TGFβ-RII PROMOTER POLYMORPHISMS
AU7138601A (en) * 2000-06-23 2002-01-08 Mayo Foundation Methods of treating neutrophil-related diseases with topical anesthetics
DE10039449A1 (en) 2000-08-11 2003-07-24 Id Pharma Gmbh I Ins Pharmaceutical composition, useful for the treatment or prevention of hyperalgesia, comprises an infusion solution of local anesthetic adjusted to alkaline pH
US6766319B1 (en) 2000-10-31 2004-07-20 Robert J. Might Method and apparatus for gathering and evaluating information
US6884782B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2005-04-26 Amgen Inc. STAT modulators
WO2002058670A1 (en) 2001-01-25 2002-08-01 Euroceltique S.A. Local anesthetic, and method of use
US20040146590A1 (en) 2001-03-22 2004-07-29 Iadarola Michael J Molecular neurochirurgie for pain control administering locally capsaicin or resinferatoxin
CA2446060A1 (en) 2001-05-07 2002-11-14 Corium International Compositions and delivery systems for administration of a local anesthetic agent
US6825190B2 (en) 2001-06-15 2004-11-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Protein kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
ITMI20012025A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-03-28 Dompe Spa QUATERNARY AMMONIUM SALTS OF OMEGA-AMINO ALKYLAMIDS OF R 2-ARY-PROPIONIC ACIDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
US7585511B2 (en) 2002-08-02 2009-09-08 Universite Libre De Bruxelles Apolipoprotein L-I and/or derivated polypeptide for the treatment of and/or the prevention of diseases induced by trypanosoma
US7943166B2 (en) 2003-04-10 2011-05-17 Neurogesx, Inc. Methods and compositions for administration of TRPV1 agonists
US20040220187A1 (en) * 2003-04-22 2004-11-04 Pharmacia Corporation Compositions of a cyclooxygenase-2 selective inhibitor and a sodium ion channel blocker for the treatment of pain, inflammation or inflammation mediated disorders
WO2004093813A2 (en) 2003-04-22 2004-11-04 Pharmacia Corporation Compositions of a cyclooxygenase-2 selective inhibitor and a calcium modulating agent for the treatment of pain, inflammation or inflammation mediated disorders
ES2223277B1 (en) 2003-06-19 2006-03-01 Fernando Bouffard Fita ANESTHETIC COMPOSITION FOR TOPICAL ADMINISTRATION.
US8361467B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2013-01-29 Depuy Spine, Inc. Trans-capsular administration of high specificity cytokine inhibitors into orthopedic joints
NO20034069L (en) 2003-09-12 2005-03-14 Aximed As Preparation and use of capsaicin derivatives
US20070149469A1 (en) 2003-10-02 2007-06-28 Christian Korherr Medical use of tbk-1 or of inhibitors thereof
US20050142596A1 (en) 2003-11-14 2005-06-30 Krolewski Andrzej S. Methods of diagnosing renal and cardiovascular disease
JP4751336B2 (en) 2003-12-11 2011-08-17 ボード・オブ・リージエンツ，ザ・ユニバーシテイ・オブ・テキサス・システム Compound for treating cell proliferative disorders
US20070196866A1 (en) 2004-03-13 2007-08-23 Irm Llc Modulators of ion channel trpa1
US7161034B2 (en) 2004-04-20 2007-01-09 Dade Behring Inc. Lidocaine analogs and methods of making and using same
US20060106020A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2006-05-18 Rodgers James D Tetracyclic inhibitors of Janus kinases
ES2542847T3 (en) 2004-06-02 2015-08-12 Neurogesx Inc. Formulations comprising capsaicin, a local anesthetic and / or an antipruritic agent for the treatment of pain
MX2007000793A (en) 2004-07-24 2007-03-21 Esteve Labor Dr Use of compounds active on the sigma receptor for the treatment of mechanical allodynia.
ITMI20041566A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2004-10-30 Indena Spa "TRPV1 AGONISTS, FORMULATIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND THEIR USES"
JP2008513444A (en) * 2004-09-20 2008-05-01 コラス ファーマ インコーポレイテッド Methods for targeted delivery of lidocaine and other local anesthetics and treatment of cough and cough attacks
US7947682B2 (en) 2004-12-29 2011-05-24 University Of Southern California Substituted N′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxalin-4-yl-hydrazides as anti-cancer agents
EP1824466A4 (en) * 2004-12-16 2008-03-05 Advanced Inhalation Res Inc Compositions and methods for pulmonary conditions
AR054416A1 (en) 2004-12-22 2007-06-27 Incyte Corp PIRROLO [2,3-B] PIRIDIN-4-IL-AMINAS AND PIRROLO [2,3-B] PIRIMIDIN-4-IL-AMINAS AS INHIBITORS OF THE JANUS KINASES. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS.
US20070149506A1 (en) 2005-09-22 2007-06-28 Arvanitis Argyrios G Azepine inhibitors of Janus kinases
CN104278037B (en) 2005-10-12 2020-09-15 艾德拉药物股份有限公司 Immunomodulatory oligonucleotide (IRO) compounds for modulating Toll-like receptors based on variant response
TWI468162B (en) 2005-12-13 2015-01-11 英塞特公司 Heteroaryl substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridines and pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrimidines as janus kinase inhibitors
CA2634491A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-28 Painceptor Pharma Corporation Compositions and methods for modulating gated ion channels
GB0526244D0 (en) * 2005-12-22 2006-02-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP1867338A1 (en) 2006-05-30 2007-12-19 Université Libre De Bruxelles Pharmaceutical composition comprising apolipoproteins for the treatment of human diseases
JP2010510227A (en) 2006-11-20 2010-04-02 プレジデント アンド フェロウズ オブ ハーバード カレッジ Pain and itching treatment methods, compositions and kits
US8513270B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2013-08-20 Incyte Corporation Substituted heterocycles as Janus kinase inhibitors
WO2009026107A1 (en) 2007-08-17 2009-02-26 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protein kinase inhibitors
CN101156851A (en) * 2007-09-27 2008-04-09 刘全胜 Nicardipine hydrochloride dispersion piece and method for making same
WO2009114139A2 (en) * 2008-03-11 2009-09-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods, compositions, and kits for treating pain and pruritis
US8138339B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-03-20 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of protein kinases
US8258144B2 (en) 2008-04-22 2012-09-04 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of protein kinases
EP2307367B1 (en) 2008-07-08 2014-09-24 Board of Regents, The University of Texas System Novel inhibitors of proliferation and activation of signal transducer and activator of transcription (stats)
DE102008037682A1 (en) * 2008-08-14 2010-04-08 Strackharn, Klaus, Dr.med. Use of equipotent doses of local anesthetics or derivatives thereof for the treatment of chronic pain
CN101347427A (en) * 2008-09-22 2009-01-21 北京理工大学 Compound of losartan compound or its medical salt and calcium channel blocker or its medical salt
CL2009001884A1 (en) 2008-10-02 2010-05-14 Incyte Holdings Corp Use of 3-cyclopentyl-3- [4- (7h-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidin-4-yl) -1h-pyrazol-1-yl) propanonitrile, janus kinase inhibitor, and use of a composition that understands it for the treatment of dry eye.
CA2738816A1 (en) 2008-10-06 2010-04-15 Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of inhibitors of toll-like receptors in the prevention and treatment of hypercholesterolemia and hyperlipidemia and diseases related thereto
EP2411019A2 (en) 2009-03-27 2012-02-01 Merck Sharp&Dohme Corp. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCER AND ACTIVATOR OF TRANSCRIPTION 1 (STAT1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2011006073A1 (en) 2009-07-10 2011-01-13 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US9023355B2 (en) 2010-04-13 2015-05-05 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating renal disease
US9828637B2 (en) 2010-04-18 2017-11-28 Wake Forest University Health Sciences Methods of predicting predisposition to or risk of kidney disease
US20130225578A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-08-29 Ambit Biosciences Corporation 7-cyclylquinazoline derivatives and methods of use thereof
US8822537B2 (en) 2012-09-27 2014-09-02 Achelios Therapeutics, Inc. Topical ketoprofen composition
AU2016301282B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2022-03-17 Children's Medical Center Corporation Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20120172429A1 (en) 2012-07-05
WO2011006073A1 (en) 2011-01-13
EP3485881A1 (en) 2019-05-22
US20210030695A1 (en) 2021-02-04
CA2767646C (en) 2019-01-29
AU2016262678A1 (en) 2016-12-15
CA2767646A1 (en) 2011-01-13
JP6205133B2 (en) 2017-09-27
CN102725401A (en) 2012-10-10
AU2010271269A1 (en) 2012-03-01
JP6530005B2 (en) 2019-06-12
EP2451944A4 (en) 2012-11-28
EP3485881B1 (en) 2024-03-13
AU2020239616A1 (en) 2020-10-15
CA3027255A1 (en) 2011-01-13
US10729664B2 (en) 2020-08-04
JP2017178948A (en) 2017-10-05
AU2018236902A1 (en) 2018-10-18
EP2995303A1 (en) 2016-03-16
JP2012532887A (en) 2012-12-20
EP2451944A1 (en) 2012-05-16
JP2019178137A (en) 2019-10-17
AU2018236902B2 (en) 2020-06-25
JP6845280B2 (en) 2021-03-17
CA3027255C (en) 2022-06-21
US20220016046A1 (en) 2022-01-20
AU2010271269B2 (en) 2016-09-08
US20190216747A1 (en) 2019-07-18
JP2021098713A (en) 2021-07-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210290561A1 (en) Permanently charged sodium and calcium channel blockers as anti-inflammatory agents
US11021443B2 (en) Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
US11696912B2 (en) Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
CA3129131A1 (en) Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
AU2020380118A1 (en) Charged ion channel blockers and methods for use
US20240076305A1 (en) Phosphonium Ion Channel Blockers and Methods for Use
US11701370B2 (en) Phosphonium ion channel blockers and methods for use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION